Online User's Guide
HL-L2390DW
DCP-L2550DW
HL-L2395DW
MFC-L2690DW
MFC-L2690DWXL
MFC-L2710DW
MFC-L2717DW
MFC-L2730DW
MFC-L2750DW
MFC-L2750DWXL
MFC-L2759DW
© 2019 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................... 1
Definitions of Notes........................................................................................................................................ 2
Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada) ................................................................................... 3
Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 4
Important Note ............................................................................................................................................... 5
Introduction to Your Brother Machine................................................................................................. 6
Control Panel Overview ................................................................................................................................. 7
Control Panel Overview ............................................................................................................................... 12
Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 13
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD ....................................................................................................... 16
Settings Screen Overview ........................................................................................................................... 18
Access Brother Utilities (Windows) .............................................................................................................. 19
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows) ...................................................................... 21
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 22
Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 23
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 24
Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot .................................................................................. 27
Paper Settings.............................................................................................................................................. 34
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type............................................................................................ 35
Change the Check Paper Size Setting............................................................................................... 36
Recommended Print Media ......................................................................................................................... 37
Load Documents.......................................................................................................................................... 38
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................. 39
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass............................................................................................. 40
Unscannable and Unprintable Areas ........................................................................................................... 41
Using Special Paper..................................................................................................................................... 42
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 43
Print from Your Computer (Windows)........................................................................................................... 44
Print a Document (Windows).............................................................................................................. 45
Print Settings (Windows) .................................................................................................................... 47
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows) .................................................................................... 51
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language Emulation)
(Windows) .......................................................................................................................................... 52
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows) .................................................. 53
Print from Your Computer (Mac) .................................................................................................................. 54
Print a Document (Mac) ..................................................................................................................... 55
Print Options (Mac) ............................................................................................................................ 56
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac) .......................................................... 61
Cancel a Print Job........................................................................................................................................ 63
Test Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 64
Scan...................................................................................................................................................... 65
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine ............................................................................................ 66
Scan Photos and Graphics................................................................................................................. 67
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File .................................................................................. 70
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) .................................................................................................. 73
Home > Table of Contents
i
Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment .................................................................................... 76
Send Scanned Data to an Email Recipient ........................................................................................ 79
Scan to FTP ....................................................................................................................................... 81
Scan to Network (Windows) ............................................................................................................... 86
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) ................ 92
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)......................................................... 96
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ....................................................... 100
Configure Certificate for Signed PDF ............................................................................................... 101
Disable Scanning from Your Computer ............................................................................................ 102
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)........................................................................................................ 103
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) ....................................................................... 104
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)................................................................. 121
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications....................................... 138
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan ................................................................................................ 143
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)................................................................................................................ 146
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ............................................................................................ 147
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)........................................................................... 148
Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management......................................................................... 152
Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management................................................................ 153
Copy ................................................................................................................................................... 154
Copy a Document ...................................................................................................................................... 155
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images............................................................................................................ 157
Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature................................................................................. 159
Sort Copies ................................................................................................................................................ 161
Copy an ID Card ........................................................................................................................................ 163
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) ...................................................................................... 165
Copy Options ............................................................................................................................................. 168
Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 171
Send a Fax................................................................................................................................................. 172
Send a Fax ....................................................................................................................................... 173
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF.................................................................................................... 177
Send a Fax Manually........................................................................................................................ 178
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation ........................................................................................ 179
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) .................................................... 180
Send a Fax in Real Time.................................................................................................................. 183
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)................................................................................ 184
Add a Cover Page to Your Fax......................................................................................................... 185
Cancel a Fax in Progress ................................................................................................................. 188
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.................................................................................................... 189
Fax Options ...................................................................................................................................... 190
Receive a Fax ............................................................................................................................................ 192
Receive Mode Settings .................................................................................................................... 193
Memory Receive Options ................................................................................................................. 205
Remote Fax Retrieval....................................................................................................................... 215
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................... 221
Voice Operations .............................................................................................................................. 222
Store Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 230
Home > Table of Contents
ii
Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial............................................................................................... 234
Dial a Number Using Speed Dial ..................................................................................................... 237
Set up Groups for Broadcasting ....................................................................................................... 240
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers ................................................................................. 246
Telephone Services and External Devices................................................................................................. 248
Voice Mail ......................................................................................................................................... 249
Distinctive Ring................................................................................................................................. 250
Caller ID ........................................................................................................................................... 255
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)................................................................................... 256
External and Extension Telephones ................................................................................................. 259
Multi-line Connections (PBX) ........................................................................................................... 265
Fax Reports................................................................................................................................................ 266
Print a Transmission Verification Report .......................................................................................... 267
Print a Fax Journal ........................................................................................................................... 268
PC-FAX ...................................................................................................................................................... 270
PC-FAX for Windows ....................................................................................................................... 271
PC-FAX for Mac .............................................................................................................................. 296
Network .............................................................................................................................................. 299
Supported Basic Network Features ........................................................................................................... 300
Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................................................. 301
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................... 302
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network .................................... 303
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network................................................... 304
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network.............................................................................. 305
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS).................................................................................................................................. 306
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS).................................................................................................................................. 308
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard312
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast ........................ 315
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
............................................................................................................................. 318
Advanced Network Features...................................................................................................................... 331
Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 332
Configure Your Mail Server Settings Using Web Based Management............................................. 333
Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) .......................................................................................................... 334
Use the Send Fax to Server Feature................................................................................................ 352
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 356
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management ..................................... 359
Technical Information for Advanced Users................................................................................................. 363
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings......................................................................... 364
Security .............................................................................................................................................. 365
Lock the Machine Settings......................................................................................................................... 366
Setting Lock Overview...................................................................................................................... 367
Network Security Features......................................................................................................................... 371
Before Using Network Security Features ......................................................................................... 372
Secure Function Lock 3.0................................................................................................................. 373
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS............................................................... 379
Home > Table of Contents
iii
Send or Receive an Email Securely................................................................................................. 412
Mobile/Web Connect......................................................................................................................... 416
Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 417
Brother Web Connect Overview....................................................................................................... 418
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect............................................................................ 419
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect...................................................................................... 421
Set Up Brother Web Connect........................................................................................................... 425
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect............................................................. 435
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 436
AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 439
AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 440
Before Using AirPrint........................................................................................................................ 441
Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 444
Scan Using AirPrint .......................................................................................................................... 448
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models).................................................................................. 451
Mobile Printing for Windows....................................................................................................................... 454
Mopria
®
Print Service................................................................................................................................. 455
Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices..................................................................................................... 456
Brother Mobile Connect ............................................................................................................................. 457
Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................................. 458
ControlCenter .................................................................................................................................... 459
ControlCenter4 (Windows)......................................................................................................................... 460
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows) ............................................................ 461
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) ....................................................................... 463
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)................................................................. 464
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows) ....................................................... 465
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)....................................... 467
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac.................................................................................... 469
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview.................................................................................................................... 470
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 471
Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 472
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature .............................................................. 481
Document Jams ......................................................................................................................................... 483
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit ............................................................................ 484
Document is Jammed under the Document Cover .......................................................................... 485
Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF ...................................................................... 486
Paper Jams................................................................................................................................................ 487
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 488
Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray ..................................................................................... 490
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine .................................................................................. 491
Paper is Jammed inside the Machine .............................................................................................. 493
Paper is Jammed in the 2-sided Tray............................................................................................... 495
Printing Problems....................................................................................................................................... 497
Improve the Print Quality............................................................................................................................ 500
Telephone and Fax Problems .................................................................................................................... 505
Set Dial Tone Detection.................................................................................................................... 510
Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems ............................................. 511
Home > Table of Contents
iv
Network Problems...................................................................................................................................... 513
Error Messages for Network Problems ............................................................................................ 514
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? ........................................................... 516
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration........................................................ 517
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows) ...................................................................... 519
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network............................. 520
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly ................................................... 522
AirPrint Problems ....................................................................................................................................... 523
Other Problems.......................................................................................................................................... 524
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report ............................................................................................... 526
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine .......................................................................................... 527
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer .................................................................................................... 528
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine ............................................................... 530
Machine Information................................................................................................................................... 531
Check the Serial Number ................................................................................................................. 532
Check the Firmware Version ............................................................................................................ 533
Reset Functions Overview ............................................................................................................... 534
Reset Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................................536
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 538
Replace Supplies ....................................................................................................................................... 539
Replace the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................................541
Replace the Drum Unit ..................................................................................................................... 544
Reset the Drum Counter .................................................................................................................. 546
Clean the Machine ..................................................................................................................................... 547
Clean the Scanner............................................................................................................................ 549
Clean the Touchscreen LCD ............................................................................................................550
Clean the Corona Wire..................................................................................................................... 551
Clean the Drum Unit Using Drum Dot Print...................................................................................... 552
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers ...................................................................................................... 558
Check the Remaining Part Life .................................................................................................................. 559
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................................ 560
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 562
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel..................................................................................... 563
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) ............................................................................. 564
General Settings............................................................................................................................... 565
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut....................................................................................... 590
Print Reports .................................................................................................................................... 593
Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 596
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer......................................................................................... 632
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management ............................................................ 633
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup ........................................................................ 638
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 649
Specifications............................................................................................................................................. 650
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine .............................................................................................. 659
Supplies ..................................................................................................................................................... 662
Brother Numbers........................................................................................................................................ 664
Home > Table of Contents
v
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special
conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Fire Hazard icons alert you to the possibility of a fire.
Hot Surface icons warn you not to touch hot machine parts.
Prohibition icons indicate actions you must not perform.
Bold Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italics Italicized style emphasizes an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New
Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
2
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S), AND THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS
(COLLECTIVELY BROTHER’S LICENSOR) MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE SOFTWARE. BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S) DOES NOT
WARRANT, GUARANTEE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OR THE RESULTS
OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY,
CURRENTNESS OR OTHERWISE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU. THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES IS NOT PERMITTED BY
SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN CANADA. THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT
APPLY TO YOU.
IN NO EVENT WILL BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S) BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, AND THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BROTHER’S LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. BECAUSE SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN
CANADA DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN ANY EVENT BROTHER’S
LICENSOR’S LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, AND
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE), PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), WILL BE LIMITED TO $50.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
3
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
BROTHER is either a trademark or a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, SharePoint, Internet Explorer, PowerPoint, Excel, OneNote and OneDrive
are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
Apple, Mac, macOS, Safari, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the United States and other countries.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates
in the United States and/or other countries.
PostScript and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in
the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance
®
.
WPA, WPA2, Wi-Fi CERTIFIED, Wi-Fi Protected Setup and Wi-Fi Protected Setup logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi
Alliance
®
.
Android, Gmail, Google Drive, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google Play are trademarks of Google Inc. Use
of these trademarks is subject to Google Permissions.
Mopria
®
and the Mopria
®
Logo are registered trademarks and service marks of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the
United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Evernote and the Evernote Elephant logo are trademarks of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
The Bluetooth
®
word mark is a registered trademark owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Brother Industries, Ltd. is under license.
WordPerfect is a registered trademark of Corel Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Canada, the United States
and/or other countries.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its
proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents
and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
4
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
• Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and
power regulations of that country.
• Not all models are available in all countries.
• Windows 10 in this document represents Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
• Windows Server 2008 in this document represents Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
• In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the MFC-L2750DW are used unless otherwise specified.
• In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-L2750DW are used unless otherwise specified.
• The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
• Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows 7 and macOS v10.10.5. Screens
on your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
• The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
• This documentation is both for MFC and DCP models. In this User's Guide, DCP models includes HL-XXXX
(where XXXX is the name of your model).
• Not all features are available in countries subject to applicable export restrictions.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
5
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
The control panel may vary depending on your model.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1 2
4
3
1. One Touch Buttons
Store and recall up to eight fax and telephone numbers.
To access stored One Touch fax and telephone numbers 1-4, press the One Touch button assigned to that
number. To access stored One Touch fax and telephone numbers 5-8, press and hold Shift as you press the
button.
2. Function Buttons
Redial/Pause
Press to dial the last number you called. This button also inserts a pause when programming quick dial
numbers or when dialing a number manually.
Hook
Press Hook before dialing to ensure a fax machine answers, and then press Start.
If the machine is in Fax/Tel (F/T) Mode and you pick up the handset of an external telephone during the
F/T ring (pseudo double-rings), press Hook to talk.
WiFi (for wireless models)
Press the WiFi button and launch the wireless installer on your computer. Follow the on-screen
instructions to set up a wireless connection between your machine and your network.
When the WiFi light is on, your Brother machine is connected to a wireless access point. When the WiFi
light blinks, the wireless connection is down, or your machine is in the process of connecting to a wireless
access point.
Resolution (for certain models only)
Press to change the Fax resolution.
2 in 1 (ID) Copy
Press to copy both sides of an identification card onto a single page.
7
2-sided
Press to copy on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Options
Press to access temporary settings for faxing, scanning, or copying.
3. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
If the machine is in Fax Mode, the LCD displays:
b
a
Fax Only
01/01 12:00AM
a. Date & Time
b. Receive Mode
When you press COPY, the LCD displays:
□□■□□
d
e
f
g
c
100% Auto
Stack Copies:01
c. Type of copy
d. Number of copies
e. Quality
f. Contrast
g. Copy ratio
4. Mode Buttons
FAX
Press to switch the machine to Fax Mode.
SCAN
Press to switch the machine to Scan Mode.
COPY
Press to switch the machine to Copy Mode.
5 6
9
87
8
5. Menu Buttons
Clear
Press to delete entered data or cancel the current setting.
Menu
Press to access the Menu for programming your machine settings.
OK
Press to store your machine settings.
d or c
Press to scroll back or forward through menu selections.
a or b
• Press to scroll up or down through menus and options.
• Press to change the resolution in Fax Mode.
Press to access speed dial numbers.
6. Dial Pad
• Use to dial fax and telephone numbers.
• Use as a keyboard to enter text or characters.
7.
Power On/Off
• Turn on the machine by pressing .
• Turn off the machine by pressing and holding
. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on
for a few seconds before turning off. If you have an external telephone or TAD connected, it is always
available.
8. Stop/Exit
• Press to stop an operation.
• Press to exit from a menu.
9. Start
• Press to start sending faxes.
• Press to start copying.
• Press to start scanning documents.
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW
MFC-L2690W
1
2 3
9
1. Power On/Off
• Turn on the machine by pressing .
• Turn off the machine by pressing and holding
.. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on
for a few seconds before turning off.
2. Function Buttons
Copy/Scan Options
Press to access temporary settings for scanning or copying.
WiFi (for wireless models)
Press the WiFi button and launch the wireless installer on your computer. Follow the on-screen
instructions to set up a wireless connection between your machine and your network.
When the WiFi light is on, your Brother machine is connected to a wireless access point. When the WiFi
light blinks, the wireless connection is down, or your machine is in the process of connecting to a wireless
access point.
Scan
Press to switch the machine to Scan Mode.
2 in 1 (ID) Copy
Press to copy both sides of an identification card onto a single page.
3. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
If the machine is in Ready Mode or Copy Mode, the LCD displays:
□□■□□
ba
c
d
e
100% Auto
Stack Copies:01
a. Type of copy
b. Number of copies
c. Quality
d. Contrast
e. Copy ratio
MFC-L2690W
4
5 6
4. Menu Buttons
Menu
Press to access the Menu for programming your machine settings.
10
Clear
• Press to delete entered data.
• Press to cancel the current setting.
OK
Press to store your machine settings.
a or b
Press to scroll up or down through menus and options.
5. Stop/Exit
• Press to stop an operation.
• Press to exit from a menu.
6. Start
• Press to start copying.
• Press to start scanning documents.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
11
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The control panel may vary depending on your model.
2 3
65
4
1
1. Near Field Communication (NFC) (HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
If your Android
™
device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device or scan documents to your
device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the control panel.
2. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the touchscreen.
3. Menu Buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
4. Dial Pad (Numerical buttons)
Press the numbers on the touchpanel to dial telephone or fax numbers, and to enter the number of copies.
5. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
6.
Power On/Off
• Turn on the machine by pressing .
• Turn off the machine by pressing and holding down . The touchscreen LCD displays [Shutting
Down] and stays on for a few seconds before turning off. If you have an external telephone or TAD
connected, it is always available.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
12
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
When a Home screen is displayed, press d or c to display the other Home screens.
The Home screen displays the machine's status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this screen indicates
that your machine is ready for the next command.
The available features will vary depending on your model.
1 2
3
4
5
6
1. Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
2. Modes
•
[Fax]
Press to access Fax mode.
•
[Copy]
Press to access Copy mode.
• [Scan]
Press to access Scan mode.
•
[Secure Print]
Press to access the [Secure Print] option.
• [Web]
Press to connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
•
[Apps]
Press to connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
3.
Toner
Displays the remaining toner life. Press to access the [Toner] menu.
When the Toner cartridge is near the end of life or has a problem, an error icon appears on the Toner
icon.
13
4. [Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
If Secure Function Lock or Setting Lock has been turned on, a lock icon appears on the LCD. You must
unlock the machine to use Settings.
5. or
(Wireless Status for wireless models)
Press to configure wireless settings.
If you are using a wireless connection, a four-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current
wireless signal strength.
0 Max
Wireless LAN Disabled
6. [Shortcuts]
Press to create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, making a copy, scanning
and using Web Connect.
• Three Shortcuts screens are available with up to four Shortcuts on each Shortcuts screen. A total of 12
Shortcuts are available.
• To display the other Shortcuts screens, press d or c.
Stored Fax(es)
The number of received faxes in memory appears at the top of the screen.
Press , and then press [Yes] to print the faxes.
Warning icon
14
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Press your finger on the LCD to operate it. To display and access all the options, press d c or a b on the LCD to
scroll through them.
The following steps explain how to navigate through changing a machine setting. In this example, the LCD
Backlight setting is changed from [Light] to [Med].
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the LCD with a sharp object such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
NOTE
DO NOT touch the LCD immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine. Doing this
may cause an error.
1. Press ([Settings]).
2. Press [All Settings].
3. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press [General Setup].
4. Press a or b to display the [LCD Settings] option, and then press [LCD Settings].
5. Press [Backlight].
16
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Press to view the current machine status on the LCD.
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
1. Toner
• Displays the remaining toner life.
• Press to access the [Toner] menu.
2. Tray Setting
Press to change the paper size and paper type settings.
3. Eco Mode
Press to access the [Eco Mode] menu.
4. Network
• Press to set up a network connection.
• A four-level indicator on the screen displays the current wireless signal strength if you are using a
wireless connection.
5. Wi-Fi Direct
Press to set up a Wi-Fi Direct
™
network connection.
6. All Settings
Press to access the menu of all machine settings.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
18
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on
your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
• (Windows 8)
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
• (Windows 8.1)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
• (Windows 10)
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your machine (where XXXX is the name of your model).
3. Choose the operation you want to use.
19
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows) > Uninstall the Brother
Software and Drivers (Windows)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
• (Windows 8)
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
• (Windows 8.1)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
• (Windows 10)
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your model from the drop-down list (if it is not already selected).
3. Click Tools in the left navigation bar.
• If the Software Update Notification icon is visible, select it, and then click Check now > Check for
Software Updates > Update. Follow the on-screen instructions.
• If the Software Update Notification icon is not visible, go to the next step.
4. Click Uninstall in the Tools section of Brother Utilities.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
• Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
21
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper
Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the Check Size setting is set to On and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears
on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper size and paper type. Change the paper size and paper
type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and
Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Press and slide the paper guides to fit the paper.
Press the green release levers to slide the paper guides.
For Legal or Folio size paper, press the release button (1) in the bottom of the paper tray and then pull out
the back of the paper tray. (Legal and Folio size paper are not available in some regions.)
1
3. Fan the stack of paper well.
4. Load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
25
5. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).
Overfilling the paper tray will cause paper jams.
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
7. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the output tray.
Related Information
• Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
26
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
• Load and Print Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Recycled Paper and Bond Paper in the Manual
Feed Slot
• Load and Print on Thick Paper and Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
• Load and Print on Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
27
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print
Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Recycled Paper and Bond Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Recycled Paper and Bond
Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on
your computer at the same time.
1. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the face down output tray.
2. Open the manual feed slot cover.
3. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
4. Using both hands, put one full sheet of paper in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.
28
• Load paper into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up.
• Make sure the paper is straight and in the correct position in the manual feed slot. If it is not, the paper
may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
• To remove a small printout from the output tray, use both hands to lift up the scanner cover.
• You can still use the machine while the scanner cover is up. To close the scanner cover, push it down
with both hands.
5. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer.
6. After the printed page comes out from the machine, load the next sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
Repeat for each page that you want to print.
Related Information
• Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
29
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print on
Thick Paper and Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print on Thick Paper and Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on
your computer at the same time.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you load paper in the manual feed slot.
2. On the front of the machine, open the manual feed slot cover.
3. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using.
4. Using both hands, put one full sheet of paper in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.
• Load paper into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up.
• Pull the paper out completely if you must reload the paper into the manual feed slot.
• Do not put more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at one time, as it may cause a jam.
• Make sure the paper is straight and in the correct position in the manual feed slot. If it is not, the paper
may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
5. Send your print job to the machine.
30
Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer.
6. After the printed page comes out from the back of the machine, load the next sheet of paper in the manual
feed slot. Repeat for each page that you want to print.
7. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
• Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
31
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print on
Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print on Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on
your computer at the same time.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you load paper in the manual feed slot.
2. Pull down the two green levers, one on the left side and one on the right side, as shown in the illustration.
3. On the front of the machine, open the manual feed slot cover.
4. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using.
5. Using both hands, put one envelope in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed roller.
When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.
32
• Load the envelope into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up.
• Pull the envelope out completely when you reload the envelope into the manual feed slot.
• Do not put more than one envelope in the manual feed slot at one time, as it may cause a jam.
• Make sure the envelope is straight and in the correct position on the manual feed slot. If it is not, the
envelope may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
6. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print dialog box before sending the print job from your computer.
Settings Options for Envelopes
Paper Size Com-10
DL
C5
Monarch
Media Type Envelopes
Env. Thick
Env. Thin
7. After the printed envelope comes out of the machine, put in the next envelope. Repeat for each envelope that
you want to print.
8. When you have finished printing, return the two green levers you adjusted in the earlier step back to their
original positions.
9. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
• Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
33
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
When you change the size and type of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size and
Paper Type settings on the LCD at the same time.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Tray Setting] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Paper Type] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Thin Paper], [Plain Paper], [Thick Paper], or [Recycled Paper]
option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [Paper Size] option, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display the [Letter], [Legal], [Executive], [A5], [A5(Long Edge)], [A6],
[Mexico Legal], [India Legal], [Folio], or [A4] option, and then press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Paper
Type].
2. Press a or b to display the [Thin], [Plain Paper], [Thick], [Thicker] or [Recycled Paper]
option, and press the option you want.
The paper type may vary depending on your model.
3. Press [Paper Size].
4. Press a or b to display the [A4], [Letter], [A5], [A5(Long Edge)], [A6], [Executive], [Legal],
[Mexico Legal],[India Legal] or [Folio] option, and press the option you want.
5. Press
.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
35
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
When you turn on your machine's Check Size setting, the machine displays a message when you remove a
paper tray, asking if you changed the paper size and paper type.
The default setting is On.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Tray Setting] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Check Size] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Check
Size].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
36
Home > Paper Handling > Recommended Print Media
Recommended Print Media
To get the best print quality, we recommend using the paper listed in the table.
Paper Type Item
Plain Paper Xerox 4200DP 20 lb
Hammermill Laser Print
(24 lb = 90 g/m
2
)
Recycled Paper No specific brand recommended
Labels Avery laser labels white #5160
Envelopes No specific brand recommended
Related Information
• Paper Handling
Related Topics:
• Improve the Print Quality
37
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Related Models: DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the ADF when copying or scanning multiple-page, standard-sized documents.
• The ADF can hold up to 50 pages and feed each sheet individually.
• Use standard 20 lb (80 g/m
2
) paper.
• Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT leave thick documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
• DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper-clipped, pasted, or taped.
• DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper, or fabric.
• To avoid damaging your machine while using the ADF, DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
5.8 to 14.0 in. (147.3 to 355.6 mm)
Width: 4.1 to 8.5 in. (105 to 215.9 mm)
Weight:
16 to 28 lb (60 to 105 g/m
2
)
1. Unfold the ADF document output support flap.
2. Fan the pages well.
3. Stagger the pages of your document and load it face up and top edge first, into the ADF as shown in the
illustration.
4. Adjust the paper guides to fit the width of your document.
Related Information
• Load Documents
39
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
Up to 11.8 in. (300 mm)
Width: Up to 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Weight: Up to 4.4 lb (2 kg)
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document on the scanner glass face down.
3. Place the corner of the page in the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
4. Close the document cover.
If the document is a book or is thick, gently press on the document cover.
Related Information
• Load Documents
40
Home > Paper Handling > Unscannable and Unprintable Areas
Unscannable and Unprintable Areas
The measurements in the table below show maximum unscannable and unprintable areas from the edges of the
most commonly-used paper sizes. These measurements may vary depending on the paper size or settings in the
application you are using.
1
3
24
Do not attempt to scan, copy, or print into these areas; your output will not reflect anything in these areas.
Usage Document Size Top (1)
Bottom (3)
Left (2)
Right (4)
Fax (Sending) Letter, Legal 0.12 in. (3 mm) 0.16 in. (4 mm)
A4 0.12 in. (3 mm) (ADF)
0.04 in. (1 mm)
(Scanner Glass)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
Copy
1
Letter, Legal 0.12 in. (3 mm) 0.16 in. (4 mm)
A4 0.12 in. (3 mm) 0.12 in. (3 mm)
Scan Letter 0.12 in. (3 mm) 0.12 in. (3 mm)
A4 0.12 in. (3 mm) 0.12 in. (3 mm)
Legal 0.12 in. (3 mm) 0.12 in. (3 mm)
Print Letter, Legal 0.16 in. (4.2 mm) 0.16 in. (4.2 mm)
A4 0.16 in. (4.2 mm) 0.16 in. (4.2 mm)
Related Information
• Paper Handling
1
a 1 in 1 copy and 100% document size copy
41
Home > Paper Handling > Using Special Paper
Using Special Paper
Always test paper samples before purchasing them to ensure desirable performance.
• DO NOT use inkjet paper; it may cause a paper jam or damage your machine.
• If you use bond paper, paper with a rough surface, or paper that is wrinkled or creased, the paper may exhibit
degraded performance.
Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct
sunlight and heat.
IMPORTANT
Some types of paper may not perform well or may cause damage to your machine.
DO NOT use paper:
• that is highly textured
• that is extremely smooth or shiny
• that is curled or warped
• that is coated or has a chemical finish
• that is damaged, creased or folded
• that exceeds the recommended weight specification in this guide
• with tabs and staples
• with letterheads using low temperature dyes or thermography
• that is multipart or carbonless
• that is designed for inkjet printing
If you use any of the types of paper listed above, they may damage your machine. This damage is not
covered under any Brother warranty or service agreement.
Related Information
• Paper Handling
42
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Print a Document (Windows)
• Print Settings (Windows)
• Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
•
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language
Emulation) (Windows)
• Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
44
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Print a Document (Windows)
Print a Document (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
5. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
6. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
7. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
8. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets,
click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
9. Change other printer settings, if needed.
10. Click OK.
11. Complete your print operation.
45
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Print Settings (Windows)
Print Settings (Windows)
Basic Tab
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of
copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of
copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
4. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
47
5. Resolution
Select the print resolution. As print resolution and speed are related, the higher the resolution, the longer it
will take to print the document.
6. Print Settings
Select the type of document you want to print.
Manual Settings...
Specify advanced settings such as brightness, contrast, and other settings.
Graphics
Use Printer Halftone
Select this option to use the printer driver to express halftones.
Brightness
Specify the brightness.
Contrast
Specify the contrast.
Graphics Quality
Select either Graphics or Text for the best print quality, based on the type of document you are
printing.
Improve Gray Printing
Select this option to improve the image quality of shaded areas.
Improve Pattern Printing
Select this option to improve the pattern printing if printed fills and patterns are different from the
fills and patterns you see on your computer screen.
Improve Thin Line
Select this option to improve the image quality of thin lines.
Use System Halftone
Select this option to use Windows to express halftones.
TrueType Mode (Available only for certain models)
Mode
Select how the fonts are processed for printing.
Use Printer TrueType Fonts
Select whether to use built-in fonts for the font processing.
7. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper, or print one page of your document on
multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
8. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper, or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided
printing.
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each
orientation.
48
9. Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
First Page
Select the paper source to use for printing the first page.
Other Pages
Select the paper source to use for printing the second and subsequent pages.
Advanced Tab
1. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select
this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free [25 - 400%]
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a
value into the field.
2. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
49
3. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset
watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
4. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
5. Toner Save Mode
Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but are
still legible.
6. Secure Print (Available only for certain models)
This feature ensures that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the
machine's control panel.
7. Administrator
This feature allows you to change the administrator password and restrict various printing functions.
8. User Authentication (Available only for certain models)
This feature allows you to confirm the restrictions for each user.
9. Other Print Options button
Sleep Time
Select this option to set the machine to enter sleep mode immediately after printing.
Macro (Available only for certain models)
Select this feature to print an electronic form (macro), which you have stored in your machine's memory,
as an overlay on the print job.
Density Adjustment
Specify the print density.
Improve Print Output
Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
Skip Blank Page
Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from
printing.
Print Text in Black
Select this option when you want to print color text in black.
Print Archive
Select this option to save the print data as a PDF file to your computer.
Eco settings
Select this option to reduce printing noise.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print a Document (Windows)
50
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that
application. To change print settings for all Windows applications, you must configure the printer driver
properties.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
• For Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows 10, Windows Server 2016 and Windows Server 2019
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
• For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
• To configure the tray settings, click the Device Settings tab(Available only for certain models).
• To change the printer port, click the Ports tab.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows programs.
5. Click OK.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
51
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer
Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language Emulation) (Windows)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language Emulation) (Windows)
Related Models: DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript
®
data more clearly.
To install the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver), launch the Brother installation disc, select Custom in the
Select Machine section, and then select the PS Driver check box.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Layout, Paper/Quality, or Secure Print tab to change basic print settings. (Available only for
certain models)
Click the Layout or Paper/Quality tab, and then click the Advanced... button to change advanced print
settings.
4. Click OK.
5. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
52
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your
Computer (Windows)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices,
allowing you to get immediate notification of errors.
• Do one of the following:
- Double-click the
icon in the task tray.
- (Windows 7)
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- (Windows 8)
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- (Windows 8.1)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen). When the Apps
screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status
Monitor.
- (Windows 10)
Click > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Printing Problems
53
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field.
5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
7. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
8. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using.
9. Change other printer settings, if needed.
10. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Related Topics:
• Print Options (Mac)
55
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print Options (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
Page Setup
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale
Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
56
Layout
1. Pages per Sheet
Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided
Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
57
Paper Handling
1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies
you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen
before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Pages to Print
Select which pages you want to print (even pages or odd pages).
3. Page Order
Select the page order.
4. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
5. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
6. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected
paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the
paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.
58
Print Settings
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
3. Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
4. Advanced
Toner Save Mode
Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but
are still legible.
Graphics Quality
Select either Graphics or Text for the best print quality, based on the type of document you are printing.
Improve Print Output
Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
Density Adjustment
Specify the print density.
Quiet Mode
Select this option to reduce printing noise.
Other Print Options
Skip Blank Page
Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from
printing.
59
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer
(Mac)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device, allowing you to get
immediate notification of error messages, such as paper empty or paper jam, at preset update intervals. You can
also access Web Based Management.
1. Click the System Preferences menu, select Print & Scan or Printers & Scanners, and then select your
machine.
2. Click the Options & Supplies button.
3. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
Status Monitor starts.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the Status Monitor window is open, click the icon. You can
set the interval at which the software updates machine status information. Click Brother Status Monitor in
the menu bar, and then select Preferences.
Web Based Management (Network Connection Only)
Access the Web Based Management System by clicking the machine icon on the Status Monitor screen.
You can use a standard Web Browser to manage your machine using HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer
Protocol).
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Mac)
61
Home > Print > Cancel a Print Job
Cancel a Print Job
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Stop/Exit.
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold Stop/Exit for four seconds.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press .
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold for about four seconds.
Related Information
• Print
Related Topics:
• Printing Problems
63
Home > Print > Test Print
Test Print
If there are problems with print quality, follow these instructions to do a test print:
>> HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> DCP-L2550DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Printer] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Print Options] option, and then press OK.
4. Press the [Test Print] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Start.
The machine prints a Test Print page.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L2550DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Printer] option, and then press OK.
3. (For Printer Emulation Supported models)
Press a or b to display the [Print Options] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Test Print] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Start.
The machine prints a Test Print page.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [Print Options] > [Test Print].
2. Press [Yes].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Print
Related Topics:
• Improve the Print Quality
64
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
• Scan Photos and Graphics
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
• Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
• Send Scanned Data to an Email Recipient
• Scan to FTP
• Scan to Network (Windows)
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
• Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
• Disable Scanning from Your Computer
66
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac).
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Image] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• In order to change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer
connected to the machine.
8. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
67
• [Remove Bkg. Clr]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
9. Press OK.
10. Press Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to Image].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
In order to change scan settings, the ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
68
• [Remove Background Color]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
7. Press [OK].
8. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
69
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF
File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac).
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [File] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• In order to change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer
connected to the machine.
8. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Bkg. Clr]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
70
9. Press OK.
10. Press Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to File].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
In order to change scan settings, the ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Background Color]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
71
7. Press [OK].
8. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
72
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
ABC
ABC
• The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [OCR] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• In order to change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer
connected to the machine.
8. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Bkg. Clr]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
73
9. Press OK.
10. Press Start.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to OCR].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
In order to change scan settings, the ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Background Color]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
74
7. Press [OK].
8. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
75
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Save Scanned Data as an Email
Attachment
Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac).
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services.
Make sure the email application to which you want to scan supports the “Mail-to” scheme and is set as
default in your operating system.
To scan to email using the machine’s Scan Button, make sure you select one of these applications in
Brother iPrint&Scan:
- Windows: Microsoft Outlook
- Mac: Apple Mail
For other applications and Webmail services, use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a
document, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email client.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [E-mail] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Start.
76
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• In order to change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer
connected to the machine.
8. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Bkg. Clr]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
9. Press OK.
10. Press Start.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application
and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to E-mail].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
In order to change scan settings, the ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
77
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [ADF Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Background Color]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
7. Press [OK].
8. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
78
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Send Scanned Data to an Email Recipient
Send Scanned Data to an Email Recipient
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Send scanned data directly from your machine to an email recipient without using a computer. This function
allows your machine to scan documents and send them to an email address without your machine being
connected to a computer. To send the scanned data as an attachment directly to your default email application
using the iPrint&Scan software on your computer or the Scan button on your machine, there is the "Scan to
Email Attachment" function available instead.
• To send scanned data to an email recipient, you must configure your machine to communicate with your
network and email server, which is used to send and receive emails.
• You can configure these items from the machine's control panel or Web Based Management.
• To use the Scan to Email Server function, your machine will need to be connected to a network and have
access to an SMTP server. You will need the following SMTP email settings before you can proceed:
- Server address
- Port number
- User name
- Encryption type (SSL or TLS)
- Email server certificate (if used)
If you do not know these settings, contact your email service provider or network administrator.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to E-mail Server].
3. Do one of the following to enter the destination email address:
• To enter the email address manually, press [Manual], and then enter the email address using the
character buttons on the LCD. When finished, press [OK].
• If the email address is stored in the machine's address book, press [Address Book], and then select
the email address.
Press [OK].
4. Confirm the email address, and then press [Next].
5. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then select the button you want to change.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press [Factory Reset], and then press [Yes].
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings. If you are using the machine's
scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
6. To scan both sides of the document:
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
79
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
7. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [File Name]
• [File Name Style]
• [File Size]
• [ADF Auto Deskew]
• [Remove Background Color]
(available only for the [Color] and [Gray] options.)
8. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
80
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to FTP
Scan to FTP
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Scan documents directly to an FTP server when you need to share the scanned information. For added
convenience, configure different profiles to save your favorite Scan to FTP destinations.
• Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
81
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to FTP > Set up a Scan to FTP
Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to an FTP location.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Edge for Windows and Safari 9/10 for Mac. Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the FTP option, and then click Submit.
82
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Host Address field, type the Host Address (for example: ftp.example.com; up to 64 characters) or the
IP address (for example: 192.23.56.189).
9. Change the Port Number setting used to access the FTP server. The default for this setting is port 21. In
most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
10. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 32 characters) that has permission to write data to the FTP
server.
11. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
12. In the Store Directory field, type the path to the folder on the FTP server where you want to send your
scanned data. Do not type a slash mark at the beginning of the path (see example).
83
13. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or
from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you
select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example:
"Estimate_098765.pdf").
14. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
15. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
16. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
17. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list.
18. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
19. Set the Passive Mode option to off or on depending on your FTP server and network firewall configuration.
The default setting is on. In most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
20. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
Related Information
• Scan to FTP
84
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to FTP > Upload Scanned Data to an
FTP Server
Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Share scanned information by saving it to your FTP server.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to FTP].
3. Press a or b to select one of the network server profiles listed. If the profile is not complete (for example, if the
logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be
prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to FTP
85
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to Network (Windows)
Scan to Network (Windows)
Scan documents directly to a CIFS server on your local network. For added convenience, you can configure
different profiles to save your favorite Scan to Network destinations.
• Set up a Scan to Network Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
86
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to Network (Windows) > Set up a
Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Related Models: MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Set up a Scan to Network Profile to scan and upload scanned data directly to a folder on a CIFS server.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Edge for Windows and Safari 9/10 for Mac. Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the Network option, and then click Submit.
87
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Network Folder Path field, type the path to the folder on the CIFS server where you want to send your
scanned data.
9. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or
from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you
select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example:
"Estimate_098765.pdf").
10. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
11. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
88
12. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
13. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list.
14. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
15. To PIN-protect this profile, in the Use PIN for Authentication field, select On.
16. If you selected On for the Use PIN for Authentication field, type a four-digit PIN in the PIN Code field.
17. To set your authentication method, select Auto, or NTLMv2 from the Auth. Method menu.
18. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write data to the folder
specified in the Network Folder Path field. If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one
of the following styles:
user@domain
domain\user
19. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
20. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
21. You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server) or you must set the date, time and time zone
correctly on the control panel for all authentication methods. The time must match the time used by the CIFS
Server.
Related Information
• Scan to Network (Windows)
• Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
89
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to Network (Windows) > Set up a
Scan to Network Profile > Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Make sure the date and time and the time zone settings are set correctly using Web Based Management or the
control panel, so the machine's time matches the time being used by the server providing authentication.
Ignore step 1, if you already have a Web Based Management window open.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Administrator tab.
3. Click the Date&Time menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Date fields, enter the date.
5. Select the clock type from the Clock Type field.
6. In the Time fields, enter the time.
7. Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list, for example,
the time zone for Eastern time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
8. In the Auto Daylight field, click On to set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time. It
will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and back one hour in the fall (available only for some
countries).
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Set up a Scan to Network Profile
90
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to Network (Windows) > Upload
Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Related Models: MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to Network].
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to Network (Windows)
91
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 users to scan using a Brother
machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
• Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8, and
Windows 10)
• Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
• Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
92
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) > Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning
(Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7,
Windows 8, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to monitor printers on the network.
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is
correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
• You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Network and Internet > View network computers and devices.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > PC and devices > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
• The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother MFC-XXXX (model name) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC
Address / Ethernet Address)).
• Windows 8/Windows 10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click Install in the displayed menu.
• Windows 8/Windows 10
Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
To uninstall drivers, click Uninstall or (Remove device).
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
93
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) > Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine
(Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu
on your Brother machine's LCD.
Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language
settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [Web Service] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want to do, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the destination computer where you want to send the scan, and then press OK.
6. Press Start.
The machine starts scanning.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [WS Scan].
3. Press a or b to display the scan options, and then press the type of scan.
4. Press a or b to display the computer name where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
5. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
94
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) > Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• Windows 10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles.... The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a Brother machine that supports Web Services for
scanning, and then click the Set as Default button.
5. Click Edit....
The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears.
6. Select the Source, Paper size, Color format, File type, Resolution (DPI), Brightness and Contrast
settings.
7. Click the Save Profile button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows Fax and Scan from the list.
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
95
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Device Scan Settings button.
The Device Scan Settings dialog box appears.
4. Click the tab for the Scan to action you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
5. Change the settings as needed.
6. Click OK.
Each tab represents one of the scanning destinations, as outlined in the table below.
Change your Scan to settings by clicking on the corresponding tab and customizing the setting you want.
Tab Name Corresponding Feature
Image Scan to Image
OCR Scan to OCR
E-mail Scan to Email
File Scan to File
96
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder or Scan Location Yes Yes Yes Yes
Show Save As Window - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the OCR language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
97
• Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate color depth for the
document.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray
images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
• True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of gray.
• 24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
• Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
• Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
• Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen.
• ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document
automatically.
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
98
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from Brother
iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Machine Scan Settings button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan
settings.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
• Scan Photos and Graphics
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
• Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
100
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
If you select Signed PDF for Scan features, you must configure a certificate on your machine using Web Based
Management.
To use Signed PDF, you must install a certificate on your machine and your computer.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Administrator tab.
3. Click the Signed PDF menu in the left navigation bar.
The Signed PDF configuration dialog box appears.
4. Click the
Select the Certificate drop-down list, and then select the certificate.
5. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
101
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Disable Scanning from Your Computer
Disable Scanning from Your Computer
You can disable the ability to scan from your computer. Set the pull scan setting using Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan from PC menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Pull Scan field, click Disabled.
5. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
102
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine.
Use the software applications provided by Brother, or use your favorite scanning application.
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
• Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
103
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
104
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the document's Scan Size, if needed.
6. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Do one of the following:
• Click
(Save) to save scanned data.
• Click
(Print) to print scanned data.
• Click (Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click
(Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
105
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
106
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Select the Document Type option that matches the type of original you want to scan.
Option Description
Photo 600 x 600 dpi 24bit Color
Text and Graph 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Color
Monochrome Text 200 x 200 dpi Black & White
Custom 300 x 300 dpi (24bit Color as default) Select the scan settings you want from the
Custom Settings button.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
107
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
Select Custom in the Document Type list to change advanced scan settings.
• Select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
You can change the following settings:
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory
and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
- Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate color depth for the
document.
- Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
- Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray
images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray
appearance.)
- True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of gray.
- 24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8
million colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
108
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to
set the Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a
value into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
2-sided Scanning
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan
feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout
of your original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly.
(MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
- Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
• Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
- Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
- Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
- Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen.
- ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document
automatically.
Related Information
• Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
109
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
For faster scan speeds, select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
110
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Crop a Scanned Image Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
The crop tool on the Image Editing Toolbar lets you trim unwanted areas from your scanned image. Use the
Zoom In and Zoom Out tools to help view the image to be cropped.
Image Editing Toolbar
1. Restart
Cancels all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image returns to its original state.
2. Fit to Window
Displays the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
3. Zoom In
Zooms in on the scanned image.
4. Zoom Out
Zooms out of the scanned image.
5. Crop and Edit
Removes the outer parts of the image. Click the Crop and Edit button, and then change the frame to contain
the area you want to keep after cropping.
6. Page Counter
Indicates the page number of the scanned page currently shown in the image viewer. To display a different
page, select the desired page number from the drop-down page number list.
If you have scanned multiple pages, you can see the next or previous scanned page by clicking the left or
right arrow buttons in the preview window.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click
(Crop and Edit) to edit the scanned image.
The Crop and Edit - ControlCenter4 window appears.
111
a. Expands the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
b. Zooms in on the image.
c. Zooms out of the image.
d. Rotates the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees.
e. Rotates the image clockwise 90 degrees.
f. Click and drag the frame to adjust the area to be cropped.
3. Click OK.
The edited image appears in the image viewer.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
112
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan a document on your Brother machine, and then print copies using the printer driver features that are
available in ControlCenter4.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click Print.
a. Shows which images are currently selected.
b. Click the Properties button to change specific printer settings.
c. Select the Paper Size, Media Type and Layout options. The current settings are enclosed in a blue
square.
3. Configure the print settings, and then click the Start Printing button.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
113
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Scan to an Application Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
The Open with an Application button lets you scan an image directly into your graphics application for editing.
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Click the Open with an Application button.
10. Select the application from the drop-down list, and then click OK.
The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
114
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click (Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Click Save.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
115
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
10. To change the file name, click the Change button, if needed.
11. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
12. Click OK.
The scanned document is saved to the destination folder as a PDF.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
116
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Under Document Type, select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Configure other Custom Scan Settings, if needed.
8. Click OK.
9. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
10. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
11. Do one of the following:
• Click
(Save) to save scanned data.
117
• Click (Print) to print scanned data.
• Click (Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click
(Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
118
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Settings Applicable Features
Open with an Application OCR Send E-mail Save
File Type - Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language - Yes - -
File Name - - - Yes
Scan Location - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
File Size Priority - - Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Send E-mail and Save
• Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
• JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
• TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
• TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
• Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
• PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10, and when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
• Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)(Available only for certain models)
For OCR
• HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
• HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
• Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
• RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
• WordPad (*.rtf)
• WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
• Text (*.txt)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
119
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Custom Settings
Select the Custom option, click the Custom Settings button, and then change settings.
Scan Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
120
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customize one-button scan actions.
• Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
121
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the Image button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
122
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
123
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
124
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
6. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, resolution and color, if needed.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The file is saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
125
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the button for the setting you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning.
You have now changed the default settings for your selected Scan to action. These settings will be used the next
time one of the scan options (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) is selected for this action.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
126
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
127
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the ID Card Scan check box.
The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then click OK.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, scan location, resolution and color, if needed.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click Continue to scan
the other side.
10. Click Finish.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
128
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services.
Make sure the email application to which you want to scan supports the “Mail-to” scheme and is set as
default in your operating system.
To scan to email using the machine’s Scan Button, make sure you select one of these applications in
Brother iPrint&Scan:
- Windows: Microsoft Outlook
- Mac: Apple Mail
For other applications and Webmail services, use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a
document, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email client.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
129
4. Click the E-mail button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
130
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced
Mode (Windows)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
ABC
ABC
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the OCR button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
132
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
133
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Location or Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
Show Save As Window - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
PreScan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Continuous Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
2-sided Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Image, Email and File
• Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
• JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
• TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
• TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
• Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
• PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
134
• XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10, and when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
For Email and File
• Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)(Available only for certain models)
For OCR
• HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
• HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
• Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
• RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
• WordPad (*.rtf)
• WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
• Text (*.txt)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the OCR language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
PreScan
Select PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
• Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate color depth for the
document.
135
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray
images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
• True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of gray.
• 24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
2-sided Scanning
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature,
you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your
original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly.
(MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
- Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
• Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
• Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
• Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen.
• ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document
automatically.
136
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other
Windows Applications
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
You can use the Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE application for scanning.
• To download the Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE application, click (Brother Utilities), select Do More in
the left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort.
• Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10.
• For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort
™
14SE. For other Windows applications, the
steps will be similar. PaperPort
™
14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort
™
14SE.
Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Using your computer, click
(Start) > All Programs > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
• Windows 8
Click (PaperPort).
• Windows 10
Click
Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother XXX-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother XXX-XXXX
LAN (where XXX-XXXX is the model name of your machine). To use the WIA driver, select the Brother driver
that has "WIA" as the prefix.
5. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
6. Click Scan.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
138
7. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
8. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW):
Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF.
You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
9. Click PreScan if you want to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
10. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
• TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
139
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other
Windows Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
• Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The Contrast option is available only when selecting the Gray (Error Diffusion), True Gray, or 24bit
Color options from the Scan Type settings.
1. Scan
Select the Photo, Web, or Text option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type)
Resolution Scan Type
Photo Use for scanning photo images. 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Color
Web Use for attaching the scanned
image to web pages.
100 x 100 dpi 24bit Color
Text Use for scanning text
documents.
200 x 200 dpi Black & White
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray
images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray
appearance.)
• True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of gray.
• 24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
140
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom, the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document
size.
5. Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set
the brightness level.
6. Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value
in the field to set the contrast level.
7. 2-sided Scanning
Scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature, you must select the
Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option from the 2-sided Scanning drop-down list, so when you
turn the pages, they are facing the way you want.
(MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
8. Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
• Paper Detection
- Auto Deskew
Set the machine to correct document skewing automatically as the pages are scanned from the ADF.
- Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
• Image Quality
- Background Processing
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
• Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
- Color Drop
Select a color to remove from the scanned image.
- Boldface Formatting
141
Emphasize the characters of the original by making them bold.
- Blurred Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
- Edge Emphasis
Make the characters of the original sharper.
- Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or
600 x 600 dpi scan resolution.
• Page Control
- Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected color and range.
- Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
Related Information
• Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
142
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Windows Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
• Windows Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver.
• If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner
glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch Windows Fax and Scan.
3. Click File > New > Scan.
4. Select the scanner you want to use.
5. Click Import or OK.
The New Scan dialog box appears.
6. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use
the Scanner Utility software of Brother Utilities.
If your machine supports 2-sided Scan and you want to scan both sides of your document, select Feeder
(Scan both sides) as Source.
7. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning the document.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
• WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
143
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan > WIA Driver
Settings (Windows)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
Paper source
Select the Document Feeder or Flatbed option from the drop-down list.
Picture Type (Image Type)
Select Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text, or Custom Settings for the type
of document you want to scan.
To change advanced settings, click the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture link.
Page size
The Page size option is available if you select the Document Feeder as the Paper source option.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value in
the field to set the contrast level.
Resolution (DPI)
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution (DPI) list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
144
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
There are several ways you can use your Mac to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine. Use the
software applications provided by Brother or your favorite scanning application.
• Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
• Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
• Scan Using AirPrint
146
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Scan icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Related Topics:
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
147
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant applications. For more information about the scanning procedure, see
the manual for your application.
To use Brother TWAIN Driver, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Scanner Driver.
1. Start your graphics application, and then select the scan operation.
The scanner setup dialog box appears.
2. Change the scan settings, such as Resolution, Scan Type, or Adjust Image, if needed.
3. Click the Document Size pop-up menu, and then select your document size.
4. Click the PreScan option to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
• After you select a document size, adjust the scanning area by holding down the mouse button and
dragging your mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan.
• To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL):
Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF.
You cannot adjust the scanning area.
You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
5. Click Start.
148
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications
(Mac) > TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
5
1
2
3
6
4
• Item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The Contrast setting is available only when selecting Gray (Error Diffusion), True Gray, or 24bit
Color from the Scan Type options.
1. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
2. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray
images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray
appearance.)
• True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of gray.
• 24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
3. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
• If you select Custom, you can specify the document size.
150
4. Adjust Image
Click the Adjust Image button to adjust other image qualities.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the box to
set the brightness.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a
value in the box to set the contrast.
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is
available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or 600 x 600 dpi
scan resolutions.
5. 2-sided Scanning
If you select this check box, the machine scans both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-
sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on
the layout of your original, to make sure the created data file appears correctly.
(Available only for certain models)
6. Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Related Information
• Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
151
Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management > Set the Scan File Name Using
Web Based Management
Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management
Set up a file name for scanned data using Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan File Name menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the File Name Style from the drop-down list.
5. If you selected the option to include the date in File Name Style field, select the Date format from the drop-
down list.
6. In the Time fields, select On to include the time information in the file name.
7. In the Counter field, select Continuous or Reset after each job.
When you select Reset after each job, duplication of file names may occur.
8. If you want to create a user-defined file name prefix, type a file name in the user-defined fields of each scan
function.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, or * may cause a sending error.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
153
Home > Copy > Copy a Document
Copy a Document
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF. (available only for certain models)
(If you are copying multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
3. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models
Press
(COPY).
Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want.
• For DCP models
Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
The LCD displays:
□□■□□
100% Auto
Stack Copies:01
4. Press Start.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
155
2. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF.
(If you are copying multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
3. Press ([Copy]).
The LCD displays:
Copy
Options
Plain Paper
Letter
Start
4. To enter the number of copies you want, do one of the following:
• Press [-] or [+] using the LCD.
• Use the dial pad.
• Press
to display a numeric keypad on the LCD, and then enter the number of copies. Press
[OK].
5. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Copy
156
Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models
Press
(COPY).
Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want.
• For DCP models
Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Options or Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [Enlarge/Reduce], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want, and then press OK.
• If you select [Custom(25-400%)], use the dial pad, or press a or b to enter an enlargement or
reduction ratio from [25%] to [400%] and then press OK.
6. Press Start.
• [Auto] sets the machine to calculate the reduction ratio that best fits the size of paper.
• [Auto] is only available when using the ADF.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
([Copy]).
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options].
5. Press a or b to display the [Enlarge/Reduce] option, and then press [Enlarge/Reduce].
6. Press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want to change.
7. Do one of the following:
• If you select [Enlarge] or [Reduce], press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use.
157
• If you select [Custom(25-400%)], press (backspace) to erase the displayed percentage, or press
d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%] to [400%] .
Press [OK].
• If you selected [100%] or the [Auto] option, go to the next step.
8. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
9. Press [Start].
• [Auto] sets the machine to calculate the reduction ratio that best fits the size of paper.
• [Auto] is only available when using the ADF.
Related Information
• Copy
158
Home > Copy > Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature
Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models
Press
(COPY).
Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want.
• For DCP models
Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Options or Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [Page Layout], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Off(1 in 1)], [2 in 1 (P)], [2 in 1 (L)], [4 in 1 (P)] or [4 in 1
(L)], and then press OK.
6. Press Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
7. Repeat the following steps for each page of the layout:
• For MFC models
a. After the machine scans the page, press a to scan the next page.
b. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press OK to scan the page.
• For DCP models
After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select
the [Yes] option.
8. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
159
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ([Copy]).
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options].
5. Press a or b to display the [Page Layout] option, and then press [Page Layout].
6. Press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Press [Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
9. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Yes] to scan
the next page.
10. When finished, press [No] to finish.
Related Information
• Copy
160
Home > Copy > Sort Copies
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models
Press
(COPY).
Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want.
• For DCP models
Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Options or Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [Stack/Sort], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Sort], and then press OK.
6. Press Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
7. Repeat the following steps for each page:
• For MFC models
a. After the machine scans the page, press a to scan the next page.
b. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press OK to scan the page.
• For DCP models
After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select
the [Yes] option.
8. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ([Copy]).
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options].
5. Press a or b to display the [Stack/Sort] option, and then press [Stack/Sort].
6. Press [Sort].
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Press [Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
9. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Yes] to scan
the next page.
10. When finished, press [No] to finish.
161
Home > Copy > Copy an ID Card
Copy an ID Card
• You may copy an identification card only to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed
information, see the Product Safety Guide.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. (For MFC models)
Press (COPY).
2. Place an identification card face down near the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
1
1 0.16 in. (4.0 mm) or greater (top, left)
3. Press 2 in 1 (ID) Copy.
4. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models
Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want.
• For DCP models
Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
5. Press Start.
The machine scans one side of the identification card.
163
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card.
7. Press Start to scan the other side.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
1
1 0.16 in. (4.0 mm) or greater (top, left)
2. Press [Copy] > [2 in 1 ID Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Start].
The machine scans one side of the identification card.
5. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press [Continue] to scan
the other side.
Related Information
• Copy
164
Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
• You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
• The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
• To use the automatic 2-sided copy feature, you must load your document in the ADF.
• When you manually make 2 sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
• Select Letter, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal or Folio sized paper when using the 2‑sided copy option.
Portrait
2–sided to 2–sided
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
Landscape
2–sided to 2–sided
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
165
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models
Press
(COPY).
Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want.
• For DCP models
Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Do one of the following:
• Press 2-sided.
• Press Options or Copy/Scan Options.
Press a or b to select [2-sided], and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display [Layout Long] or [Layout Short], and then press OK.
5. Select flip on long edge or flip on short edge, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display [2sided → 2sided] or [1sided → 2sided], and then press OK.
NOTE
For HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
If you select [2sided → 2sided], you cannot use the ADF. Use the scanner glass.
7. Press Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
8. Repeat the following steps for each page of the layout:
• For MFC models
After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to scan
the page.
• For DCP models
After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select
the [Yes] option.
9. Press b to select the [No] option.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
([Copy]).
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options].
5. Press a or b to display the [2-sided Copy] option, and then press [2-sided Copy].
6. Press a or b to display the layout options, and then press the option you want.
NOTE
For HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW
If you select [2-sided->2-sided], you cannot use the ADF. Use the scanner glass.
166
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Press [Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
9. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Yes] to scan
the next page.
10. After scanning all the pages, press [No] to finish.
Related Information
• Copy
167
Home > Copy > Copy Options
Copy Options
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
To change Copy settings, press the Options button.
Menu selections
Options
Quality
Select the copy quality for your type of document.
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
1
2
2
Sort
2
1
2
1
Density
Increase the brightness to make the text lighter.
Decrease the brightness to make the text darker.
Contrast
Increase the contrast to make an image clearer.
Decrease the contrast to make an image more subdued.
Enlarge/Reduce
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio for the next copy.
• Auto sets the machine to calculate the reduction ratio that best fits the
size of paper.(for models with ADF)
• If you select Custom(25-400%), use the dial pad, or press a or b to
enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Page Layout
Make N in 1 copies.
4 in1
168
Menu selections Options
2-sided
(available only for certain models)
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
2-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
To change Copy settings, press [Options].
Menu selections
Options
Quality
Select the copy quality for your type of document.
Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the
next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next
copy.
Auto
Adjusts the copy size to fit the
paper size you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction
ratio.
Density
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Contrast
Increase the contrast to make an image clearer.
Decrease the contrast to make an image more subdued.
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
1
2
2
Sort
2
1
2
1
169
Menu selections Options
Page Layout
Make N in 1 copies.
4 in1
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
2-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
The available options will vary depending on your model.
2-sided Copy Page Layout
(available only for certain settings)
Select long edge or short edge.
Save as Shortcut
Add the current settings as a shortcut.
Related Information
• Copy
170
Home > Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
• Send a Fax
• Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
• Send a Fax Manually
• Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
• Send a Fax in Real Time
• Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
• Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
• Cancel a Fax in Progress
• Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
• Fax Options
172
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF.
(If you are faxing multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
173
3. Enter the fax number.
• Using the dial pad
Enter the fax number using the dial pad.
• Using the One Touch Buttons
Choose a contact stored on a One Touch button.
• Using the Speed Dial Codes
Enter the fax number by pressing twice, and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial code.
4. Press Start.
The machine scans and sends the document.
If you placed the document on the scanner glass, follow the instructions in the table:
Option Description
Yes
To scan the next page, press a to select the Yes option, and then place the next page on the
scanner glass.
Press OK to scan the page.
No(Send)
When you have scanned the last page, press b to select the No(Send) option (or press Start
again).
The machine sends the document.
• To stop faxing, press
Stop/Exit.
174
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF.
(If you are faxing multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
2. Press ([Fax]).
3. Enter the fax number.
• Using the dial pad
Press the digits to enter the fax number.
• Using the Address Book
Press
([Address Book]), and then do one of the following:
- Press a or b to display the number you want, and then press it.
- Press
, and then enter the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to dial.
When finished, press [Apply].
• Using the call history
Press ([Call History]), and then press the [Outgoing Call] option.
Press a or b to display the fax number you want, and then press it.
To send a fax, press [Apply].
175
4. Press [Fax Start].
The machine scans and sends the document.
If you placed the document on the scanner glass, follow the instructions in the table.
Option Description
Yes
To scan the next page, press the Yes option, and then place the next page on the scanner glass.
Press OK to scan the page.
No
After you have scanned the last page, press the No option.
The machine sends the document.
To stop faxing, press .
Related Information
• Send a Fax
176
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Related Models: MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You must select a 2-sided scanning format before sending a 2-sided fax. Select either Long Edge or Short Edge,
depending on the layout of your document.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [(Fax)] > [Options] > [2-sided Fax].
3. Do one of the following:
• If your document is flipped on the long edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Long Edge] option.
• If your document is flipped on the short edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Short Edge] option.
4. Press [OK]
5. Enter the fax number.
6. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
177
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialing, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Press Hook and listen for a dial tone.
4. Dial the fax number you want to call.
5. When you hear the fax tone, press Start.
• If you are using the scanner glass, press a.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
([Fax]).
3. Press [Hook] and listen for a dial tone.
4. Dial the fax number you want to call.
5. When you hear the fax tone, press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
178
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and then to press the Start button before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press Start.
• If you are using the scanner glass, press a.
4. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and then to press the Start button before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
.
4. Press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
179
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
• The same broadcast can include Groups, Address Book numbers (One Touch Dial numbers and Speed
Dial numbers in some models) and up to 50 manually dialed numbers.
• 2-Line LCD models
If you did not use any of the One Touch Dial numbers and the Speed Dial numbers for Groups, you can
broadcast faxes to as many as 258 different numbers.
• Touchscreen LCD models
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as
250 different numbers.
• Address Book numbers (One Touch Dial numbers and Speed Dial numbers in some models) must be
stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
• Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers (One Touch Dial numbers and Speed Dial
numbers in some models) for easier dialing.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Enter a number, and press OK.
You can use One Touch Dial, Speed Dial, Group numbers and numbers manually entered using the dial pad.
Repeat this step to enter the all the numbers you want to broadcast to.
4. Press Start.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [(Fax)] > [Options] > [Broadcasting].
3. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways;
• Press [Add Number] and enter a fax number using the LCD.
Press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book] to select numbers, and then press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book] to search for a number.
Enter a name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Select a name and a number you want to add.
• (MFC-L2759DW)
To broadcast using an email address, press , enter the email address, and press [OK].
4. When finished, press [OK].
180
5. Press [Fax Start].
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine scans and sends the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass, the machine scans the first page.
When the LCD displays [Next page?], press an option shown in the table.
Option Description
Yes
Select Yes to scan the next page.
Place the Next page on the Scanner Glass, and then press OK.
Repeat this step to scan all pages.
No
Select No to send the document.
• The machine’s available memory will vary depending on the types of jobs in the memory and the
numbers used for broadcasting. If you broadcast to the maximum number available, you cannot use
dual access and delayed fax.
• If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press or [Quit] to cancel or [Send Now] to send
the pages scanned so far.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
• Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
181
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
While broadcasting you can cancel the fax currently being sent or the whole broadcast job.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Remaining Jobs] option, and then press OK.
The LCD will display the Broadcast job number followed by the fax number being dialed (for example,
[#001123456789]) and the broadcast job number (for example, [Broadcast#001]).
4. Press a or b to display the fax number being dialed or the broadcast job number, and then press OK.
5. Press the option shown in the table to cancel or exit the cancel process.
Option Description
a The machine cancels the fax currently being sent.
b The machine exits from the cancel process without canceling.
If you canceled the fax currently being sent, the LCD will ask you if you want to cancel the broadcast job.
6. Press the option shown in the table to cancel the broadcast job or exit the cancel process.
Option Description
a The machine cancels the broadcast job.
b The machine exits from the cancel process without canceling.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
.
2. Do one of the following:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast]. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to
exit without canceling the broadcast.
• To cancel the current job, press the name or number being canceled on the LCD. Press [Yes] to confirm
or press [No] to exit without canceling the fax being sent.
• To exit without canceling, press
.
Related Information
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
182
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the
telephone line is free, the machine starts dialing and sending. If you want to send an important document
immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX].
• If the memory is full and you are sending a fax from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time
(even if [Real Time TX] is set to [Off]). If the memory is full, faxes from the scanner glass cannot be
sent until you clear some of the memory.
• In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
• If [Real Time TX] is set to on, the option to scan 2-sided documents is not available.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Press Menu.
4. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Setup Send] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [Real Time TX] option, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display the [On] option, and then press OK.
8. When finished, press Stop/Exit.
9. Enter the fax number.
10. Press Start.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[(Fax)] > [Options] > [Real Time TX].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press [OK].
5. Enter the fax number.
6. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
183
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Press Options.
4. Press a or b to display the [Delayed Fax] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent.
• If you set [12h Clock] in the [Date&Time] setting, enter the time in 12-hour format, and then press
OK.
Press a or b to display the [AM] or [PM] option, and then press OK.
• If you set [24h Clock] in the [Date&Time] setting, enter the time in 24-hour format, and then press
OK.
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press Start.
• The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount of data printed on each
page.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [(Fax)] > [Options] > [Delayed Fax] > [Delayed Fax].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press [Set Time].
5. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent.
• If you set [12h Clock] in the [Date & Time] setting, enter the time in 12-hour format.
Press the button to select [AM] or [PM], and then press [OK].
• If you set [24h Clock] in the [Date & Time] setting, enter the time in 24-hour format and then press
[OK].
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
6. Press [OK]
7. Enter the fax number.
8. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
184
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can add a cover page to the next fax or every outgoing fax.
• This feature will not work unless you have programmed your Station ID.
• Your cover page includes your Station ID, a comment, and the name stored in the Address Book, One
Touch Dial, or Speed Dial (in some models).
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Press Menu.
4. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Setup Send] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [Coverpage] option, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display the [Setup] option, and then press OK.
8. Press a or b to display a option in the table, and then press OK.
Option Description
On
Select this option to add a cover page to outgoing fax.
Off
Select this option if you do not want to add a cover page to outgoing faxes.
9. If you selected [On], press a or b to display comment options, and then press OK.
10. Enter the number of total pages using the dial pad, and then press OK.
11. When finished, press Stop/Exit.
12. Enter the fax number.
13. Press Start.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [(Fax)] > [Options] > [Coverpage Setup] > [Coverpage Setup].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press [Coverpage Message].
5. Press a or b to display comment you want, and then press it.
6. Press [Total Pages].
7. Enter the number of total pages, and then press [OK].
8. Press .
9. Press [OK].
10. Enter the fax number.
185
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Add a Cover Page to Your Fax > Compose Your Own Comments
Compose Your Own Comments
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can set up two comments of your own.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Send] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Coverpage] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [Message] option, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display the [5] or [6] option to store your own comment, and then press OK.
8. Enter your own comment using the dial pad, and then press OK.
9. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Send] > [Coverpage Message].
2. Press [5] or [6] to store your own comment.
3. Enter your own comment using the LCD, and then press [OK].
4. Press .
Related Information
• Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
187
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Stop/Exit while the machine is dialing or sending a fax.
2. Press an option in the table to cancel or continue the fax job in progress.
Option Description
a The machine cancels sending the fax job.
b The machine exits from the process without canceling the fax job.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press while the machine is dialing or sending a fax.
The LCD will display [Cancel Job?].
2. Press an option in the table to cancel or continue the fax job in progress.
Option Description
Yes
The machine cancels sending the fax job.
No
The machine exits from the process without canceling the fax job.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
188
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can cancel a fax job before it is sent, by canceling the fax job while it is stored and waiting in the memory.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Remaining Jobs] option, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the number of jobs waiting in the memory to be sent.
5. Press a or b to display the job you want to cancel, and then press OK.
6. Press the options in the following table to cancel or exit the cancel process.
Option Description
a The machine cancels the job.
b The machine exits from the cancel process without canceling.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remaining Jobs].
2. Do the following steps for each job you want to check or cancel:
a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs, and then press the job you want to cancel.
b. Press [OK].
c. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without canceling.
3. When finished canceling jobs, press .
Related Information
• Send a Fax
189
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Fax Options
Fax Options
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.
Option Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass ScanSize
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Delayed Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Coverpage
Set the machine to automatically send a cover page that you have
pre-programmed.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.
Option
Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
2-sided Fax
(For automatic 2-sided scanning models)
Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Glass Scan Size
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Broadcasting
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Delayed Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Coverpage Setup
Set the machine to automatically send a cover page that you have
pre-programmed.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Select a number from the Call History.
Address Book
Select a number from the Address Book.
190
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
• Receive Modes Overview
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
• Set Easy Receive
• Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
• Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
• Set the Fax Receive Stamp
• Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
• Register a Number in the Blocked List
193
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Some receive modes answer automatically (Fax Only Mode and Fax/Tel Mode). You may want to change the
Ring Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only Mode
([Fax Only] in the machine's menu)
Fax Only Mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel Mode
([Fax/Tel] in the machine's menu)
Fax/Tel Mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognizing whether they are fax or voice calls and
handling them in the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice calls will start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the call. The F/T ring is a fast pseudo/double-ring
made by your machine.
Manual Mode
([Manual] in the machine's menu)
Manual Mode turns off all automatic answering operations unless you are using the Distinctive Ring Receive
feature.
To receive a fax in Manual Mode, lift the handset of the external telephone connected to the machine or press
the button in the table.
Applicable Models
Alternate way to lift the handset
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW Hook
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
(Fax) and then Hook
When you hear fax tones (short repeating beeps), press the buttons in the table to receive a fax. Use the Easy
Receive feature to receive faxes when you have lifted a handset on the same line as the machine.
Applicable Models
To receive the fax
2-Line LCD models
Start and then b
Touchscreen LCD models Fax Start and then Receive
External TAD Mode
([External TAD] in the machine's menu)
External TAD Mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls will be handled in the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
194
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The correct Receive Mode for you is determined by the external devices and telephone subscriber services
(Voice Mail, Distinctive Ring and so on) you will be using on the same line as the Brother machine.
Will you be using a Distinctive Ring number for receiving faxes?
Brother uses the term "Distinctive Ring" but different telephone companies may have other names for this
service, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Teen Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-
Call, Smart Ring and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number Ringing.
Will you be using Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, there is a strong possibility that
Voice Mail and the Brother machine will conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls.
Will you be using a Telephone Answering Device on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
Your external telephone answering device (TAD) will answer every call automatically. Voice messages are
stored on the external TAD and fax messages are printed. Select [External TAD] as your receive mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on a dedicated fax line?
Your machine automatically answers every call as a fax. Select [Fax Only] as your receive mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on the same line as your telephone?
• Do you want to receive voice calls and faxes automatically?
The Fax/Tel Mode is used when sharing the Brother machine and your telephone on the same line.
Select [Fax/Tel] as your receive mode.
Important Note: You cannot receive voice messages on either Voice Mail or an answering machine if
you selected the Fax/Tel Mode.
• Do you expect to receive very few faxes?
Choose [Manual] as your receive mode. You control the telephone line and must answer every call
yourself.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Receive Mode] option, and then press OK.
If you cannot change the [Receive Mode] option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to [Off].
6. Press a or b to select the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
195
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Receive Mode].
If you cannot change the [Receive Mode] option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to [Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press the option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
196
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in
the Ring Delay option.
• The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in the Fax Only and
Fax/Tel Modes.
• If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, keep the Ring Delay setting
of 4.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Ring Delay] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select the number of rings you want the line to ring before the machine answers, and then
press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
If you select [00], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Ring Delay].
2. Press the number of rings you want the line to ring before the machine answers.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
3. Press .
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
197
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
When you set the Receive Mode to Fax/Tel Mode, if the call is a fax, your machine will automatically receive it.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) for the time you set in the
F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
• The F/T Ring Time feature works when you set Fax/Tel Mode as the Receive Mode.
Because the F/T ring is made by the machine, extension and external telephones will not ring; however, you can
still answer the call on any telephone.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [F/T Ring Time] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display how long the machine will ring to alert you that you have a voice call, and then press
OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [F/T Ring Time].
2. Press how long you want the machine to ring to alert you that you have a voice call.
3. Press
.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
198
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set Easy Receive
Set Easy Receive
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If Easy Receive is On: The machine can receive a fax automatically, even if you answer the call. When
you see [Receiving] on the LCD or hear a click on the phone line through the handset you are using,
just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Easy Receive is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call first by lifting the external handset,
press the buttons in the following table to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension telephone, press
*51.
Applicable Models
To receive the fax
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Start and then b
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
> Fax Start > Receive
• If this feature is set to [On], but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension
or external telephone handset, press the fax receive code *51.
• If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Easy Receive to [Off].
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Easy Receive] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [On] (or [Off]) option, and then press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Easy Receive].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
199
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you enable the auto reduction function, the machine reduces each page of an incoming fax to fit on your paper.
The machine calculates the reduction ratio by using the page size of the fax and your Paper Size setting.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Auto Reduction] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [On] (or [Off]) option, and then press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Auto Reduction].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
200
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Your machine prints received faxes on both sides of the paper when [2-sided] is set to [On].
• Use Letter, Legal, Folio (8.5 in. × 13 in.) or Mexico Legal size paper for this function [16 to 28 lb (60 to 105
g/m
2
)].
• When 2-sided printing is enabled, incoming faxes are automatically reduced to fit the paper in the paper
tray.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [2-sided] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [On] (or [Off]) option, and then press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [2-sided].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
201
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can set the machine to print the received date and time at the top center of each received fax page.
• Make sure you have set the current date and time on the machine.
• The received time and date will not appear when using Internet Fax.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Fax Rx Stamp] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [On] (or [Off]) option, and then press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Rx Stamp].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
202
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone
Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your Brother machine and the other party is also speaking on
a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax
before you both hang up.
Your machine's ADF must be empty.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Ask the other party to place the document in their machine and to press the Start or Send button.
2. When you hear the CNG tones (slowly repeating beeps), press Start.
3. Press b to receive a fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Ask the other party to place the document in their machine and to press the Start or Send button.
2. When you hear the CNG tones (slowly repeating beeps), press [Fax Start].
• If the LCD is dark for Sleep Mode, touch it to display [Fax Start].
• If the machine is in Automatic Redial, wait until it is finished and try again.
3. Press [Receive] to receive a fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
203
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Register a Number in the Blocked List
Register a Number in the Blocked List
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you do not want to receive faxes or calls from specific numbers, register the numbers to your list of blocked
callers. The machine can register up to 100 fax or telephone numbers from the caller ID memory.
• You must apply for the Caller ID service at your local telephone company.
• The number you want to register must be stored in the caller ID memory.
The Caller ID feature is not available in some countries.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Anti-Junk Fax] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Register] option, and then press OK.
The machine displays the numbers in the caller ID memory.
• To delete the number, press a and then press OK.
• To print the blocked list, select [Print Report] and then press OK. Follow the on-screen menus.
6. Press a or b to display the number you want, and then press OK.
7. Press a to register the number.
To go back without registering the number, press b.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Anti-Junk Fax].
2. Press [Register].
• To delete the number, select [Delete] and then press [OK].
• To print the blocked list, press [Print Reports] and then follow the on-screen menus.
3. Press a or b to display the number you want, and then press the number.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
204
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only
one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
• Fax Forwarding
• Fax Storage
• PC-Fax Receive
• Off
• Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
• Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
• Change Memory Receive Options
• Turn Off Memory Receive
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
205
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Memory Receive] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Forward/Store] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Fax Forward] option, and then press OK.
The LCD will ask you to enter the fax number you want your faxes to be forwarded to.
6. Enter the forwarding number using the dial pad (up to 20 digits), a One Touch button, or
and the three-
digit code, and then press OK.
• If you stored a Group on a One Touch key or in a Speed Dial code, the faxes will be forwarded to
multiple fax numbers.
7. Press a or b to select on or off for the Backup Print setting.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Fax Forward].
3. Do one of the following:
• Press [Manual] to enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD.
Press [OK].
• Press [Address Book].
Press a or b to display the destination fax number where you want to your faxes forwarded.
Press the fax number you want.
NOTE
• Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. If you select [Backup Print: On],
the machine also prints a copy of received faxes at your machine.
(MFC-L2759DW)
To forward a fax using an email address, press , enter the email address, and press [OK].
4. Press .
206
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax
messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your
machine will print a backup copy of each stored fax.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Memory Receive] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Forward/Store] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press the [Fax Storage] option.
NOTE
• Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. If you select [Backup Print: On],
the machine also prints a copy of received faxes. (Available only for certain models)
3. Press .
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
208
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
If there are faxes in your machine's memory when you change any Memory Receive option, the LCD displays
one of the following questions:
If received faxes have already been printed, the LCD displays [Erase all faxes?]
• Do one of the following:
- If you press a, faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
- If you press b, faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
If unprinted faxes are in the memory, the LCD displays [Print all faxes?]
• Do one of the following:
- If you press a, faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes. If a backup copy has
already been printed, it will not be printed again.
- If you press b, faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option (such as [Fax Forward], or [Fax Storage]).
• Select [<USB>] or the name of the computer if you are on a network, and then press OK.
The LCD displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
- If you press a, faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes. You will be
asked if you want to turn on Backup Print.
- If you press b, faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If received faxes are in your machine's memory when you change the Remote Fax operations, the LCD will ask
you one of the following questions:
If received faxes have already been printed, the LCD displays [Erase all faxes?]
• Do one of the following:
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the LCD displays [Print all faxes?]
• Do one of the following:
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option ([Fax Forward] or [Fax Storage]).
• Press [<USB>] or the name of the computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked
if you want to turn on Backup Print.
The LCD displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
209
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Memory Receive] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Forward/Store] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Off] option, and then press OK.
The LCD displays options if there are received faxes still in your machine's memory.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Off].
The LCD displays options if there are received faxes still in your machine's memory.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
211
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can still print a fax from the memory when you are at your machine.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Memory Receive] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Print Fax] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Start.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Print Fax].
2. Press [Yes].
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
212
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows only)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature, automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then
send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
To transfer the received faxes to your computer you must have the PC-FAX Receiving software running on
your computer.
Even if you have turned off your computer (at night or on the weekend, for example), your machine will receive
and store your faxes in its memory.
When you start your computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers your faxes to
your computer automatically.
If you selected [Backup Print: On], the machine will also print the fax.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Memory Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [PC Fax Receive] option, and then press OK.
• PC-Fax Receive is not available for the Mac operating systems.
• If you get an error message and the machine cannot print the faxes in the memory, you can use this
setting to transfer your faxes to your computer.
6. Press a or b to display [On], and then press OK.
7. Press OK.
8. Press a or b to display [<USB>] or your computer name, and then press OK.
9. Press a or b to display [On] or [Off] for the Backup Print setting, and then press OK.
10. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [PC Fax Receive].
2. Press [On].
• PC-Fax Receive is not available for the Mac operating systems.
• If you get an error message and the machine cannot print the faxes in the memory, you can use this
setting to transfer your faxes to your computer.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press [<USB>] or the name of the computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network, and then
press [OK].
213
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote
access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
• Set a Remote Access Code
• Use Your Remote Access Code
• Remote Retrieval Commands
• Forward Faxes Remotely
• Change the Fax Forwarding Number
215
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your Brother machine even when you are away from it.
Before you can use the remote access and retrieval features, you must set up your own code. The factory
default code is the inactive code (---*).
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Memory Receive] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Remote Access] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers 0 to 9, * or # using the dial pad, and then press OK.
• To make your code inactive, press Clear to delete the three-digit code in this step. Then press OK.
• You cannot change the preset *.
• DO NOT use the same code used for your Fax Receive Code (*51) or Telephone Answer Code (#51) .
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] to [9], [*] or [#] using the the LCD (The preset '*' cannot
be changed), and then press [OK].
• DO NOT use the same code used for your Fax Receive Code (*51) or Telephone Answer Code (#51).
• To make your code inactive, press and hold to restore the inactive setting (---*), and then press
[OK].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
216
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Dial your fax number from a telephone or another fax machine using touch tone.
2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *).
3. The machine signals if it has received messages:
• One long beep -- Fax messages
• No beeps -- No messages
4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command.
• The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command.
• The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command.
5. Press 9 0 to reset the machine when you are finished.
6. Hang up.
• This function may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
217
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your
Brother machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the
system will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the
options (column 2) for that command.
Remote
commands
Options Operation details
95 Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax
Storage settings
1 OFF You can select Off after you retrieve or erase all
your messages.
2 Fax Forwarding One long beep means the change is accepted. If
you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a
change because something has not been set up
(for example, a Fax Forwarding number has not
been registered). You can register your Fax
Forwarding number by entering 4. After you
register the number, Fax Forwarding will work.
4 Fax Forwarding number
6 Fax Storage
96 Retrieve a fax
2 Retrieve all faxes Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to
receive stored fax messages.
3 Erase faxes from memory If you hear one long beep, fax messages have
been erased from memory.
97 Check the receiving status
1 Fax Check whether your machine has received any
faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not,
you will hear three short beeps.
98 Change the Receive Mode
1 External TAD One long beep means the change has been
accepted.
2 Fax/Tel
3 Fax Only
90 Exit Press 9 0 to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long
beep, then hang up.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
218
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Call your Brother machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another
machine.
You must turn on Fax Storage to use this feature.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2.
4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the number of the remote fax machine where you
want your fax messages sent, followed by # # (up to 20 digits).
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers. However, press # if you want to create a pause.
5. Hang up after you hear your machine beep. Your machine will call the other fax machine, which will then print
your fax messages.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
219
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can change your fax forwarding number from another touch-tone telephone or fax machine.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4.
4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax
messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #.
You will hear one long beep.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers. However, press # if you want to create a pause.
5. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when you have finished.
6. Hang up after you hear your machine beep.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
220
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Send Tone Signals (For Canada)
Send Tone Signals (For Canada)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you have a Pulse dialing service, but must send Tone signals (for example, for telephone banking), follow these
steps. If you have a Touch Tone service, you will not need this feature to send tone signals.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Hook .
3. Press # on the machine’s control panel.
Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialing service.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press ([Fax]).
2. Press [Hook].
3. Press # on the machine's LCD.
Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialing service.
Related Information
• Voice Operations
223
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (pseudo/double-ring) to alert you to pick up a voice
call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press the button in the following table to
answer:
Applicable Models
To pick up voice call
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Hook
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
Pickup
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring and then press #51 between the
pseudo/double rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the
machine by pressing *51.
Related Information
• Voice Operations
224
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Special Line
Considerations > Rollover Telephone Lines
Rollover Telephone Lines
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
A rollover telephone system is a group of two or more separate telephone lines that pass incoming calls to each
other if they are busy.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
The calls are usually passed down or 'rolled over' to the next available telephone line in a preset order.
Your machine can work in a rollover system only if it is the last number in the sequence, so the call cannot roll
away. Do not place the machine on any of the other numbers; when the other lines are busy and a second fax
call is received, the fax call would be transferred to a line that does not have a fax machine. Your machine will
work best on a dedicated line.
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
226
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Special Line
Considerations > Two-Line Telephone System
Two-Line Telephone System
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
A two-line telephone system is nothing more than two separate telephone numbers on the same wall outlet.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
The two telephone numbers can be on separate jacks (RJ11) or combined into one jack (RJ14). Your machine
must be plugged into an RJ11 jack. RJ11 and RJ14 jacks may be equal in size and appearance and both may
contain four wires (black, red, green, yellow). To test the type of jack, plug in a two-line telephone and see if it
can access both lines. If it can, you must separate the line for your machine.
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
227
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Special Line
Considerations > Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
There are three ways to convert to an RJ11 jack. The first two ways may require assistance from the telephone
company. You can change the wall outlets from one RJ14 jack to two RJ11 jacks. Or, you can have an RJ11 wall
outlet installed and slave or jump one of the telephone numbers to it.
The third way is the easiest: Buy a triplex adapter. You can plug a triplex adapter into an RJ14 outlet. It separates
the wires into two separate RJ11 jacks (Line 1, Line 2) and a third RJ14 jack (Lines 1 and 2). If your machine is
on Line 1, plug the machine into L1 of the triplex adapter. If your machine is on Line 2, plug it into L2 of the triplex
adapter.
Triplex adapter
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
228
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Special Line
Considerations > Install Your Brother Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line Telephone
Install Your Brother Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line
Telephone
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
When you are installing an external two-line telephone answering device (TAD) and a two-line telephone, your
machine must be isolated on one line at both the wall jack and at the TAD.
• This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
• The most common connection is to place the machine on Line 2, which is explained in the following steps.
The back of the two-line TAD must have two telephone jacks: one labeled L1 or L1/L2, and the other
labeled L2. You will need at least three telephone line cords, the one that came with your machine and two
for your external two-line TAD. You will need a fourth line cord if you add a two-line telephone.
1. Place the two-line TAD and the two-line telephone next to your machine.
2. Plug one end of the telephone line cord for your machine into the L2 jack of the triplex adapter. Plug the other
end into the LINE jack of the machine.
3. Plug one end of the first telephone line cord for your TAD into the L1 jack of the triplex adapter. Plug the other
end into the L1 or L1/L2 jack of the two-line TAD.
4. Plug one end of the second telephone line cord for your TAD into the L2 jack of the two-line TAD. Plug the
other end into the EXT. jack of the machine.
a
b
c
d
a. Triplex Adapter
b. Two Line Telephone
c. External Two Line TAD
d. Machine
You can keep two-line telephones on other wall outlets as always. There are ways to add a two-line telephone to
the machine's wall outlet. You can plug the telephone line cord from the two-line telephone into the L1+L2 jack of
the triplex adapter. Or, you can plug the two-line telephone into the TEL jack of the two-line TAD.
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
229
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit].
b. Press [Add New Address].
c. Press [Name].
d. Enter the name using the LCD (up to 16 characters), and then press [OK].
e. Press [Address].
f. Enter the number using the LCD (up to 20 digits), and then press [OK].
(MFC-L2759DW)
To store an Email address to use with Internet Fax or Scan to Email server, press and enter the Email
address and press [OK].
g. Press [OK].
To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
• Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
231
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book
Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can store Address Book numbers from the Outgoing Call history.
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
2. Press the number you want.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the name using the LCD (up to 16 characters).
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
Related Information
• Store Address Book Numbers
232
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Address Book] > [Edit].
2. Do one of the following:
• Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
- To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and
then press [OK].
- To change the fax or telephone number, press [Address]. Enter the new fax or telephone number
(up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.
How to enter text:
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the character you want to change,
and then press . Enter the new character.
• To delete numbers, press a or b to display [Delete], and then press [Delete].
- Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display a red check mark,
and then press [OK].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
233
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial
Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Press the One Touch button assigned to the fax or telephone number you want to dial.
To dial One Touch numbers 1 to 4, press the One Touch button. To dial One Touch numbers 5 to 8, hold
down Shift as you press the One Touch button.
4. Press Start.
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Store One Touch Dial Numbers
• Change or Delete One Touch Dial Numbers
234
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial > Store One
Touch Dial Numbers
Store One Touch Dial Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
You can store eight One Touch Dial numbers on the four One Touch buttons. To access One Touch Dial Numbers
5 to 8, hold down Shift as you press the One Touch button.
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press the One Touch button where you want to store the number.
If a number is not stored there, the LCD displays [Register Now?].
3. Press a to select [Yes].
4. Enter the telephone or fax number (up to 20 digits), and then press OK.
5. Do one of the following:
• Enter the name using the dial pad (up to 16 characters), and then press OK.
• To store the number without a name, press OK.
Related Information
• Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial
235
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial > Change or
Delete One Touch Dial Numbers
Change or Delete One Touch Dial Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a three times.
3. Press a or b to display the [One Touch Dial] option, and then press OK.
4. Press the One Touch button you want to change or delete.
5. Do one of the following:
• To change the stored name and number:
a. Press a.
b. Edit the name and number:
To edit the stored name or number, press d or c to move the cursor to the character you want to
change, and then press Clear.
Enter the correct character, and then press OK.
• To delete the stored name and number:
a. Press b.
b. Press a to confirm.
• To exit without making a change, press Stop/Exit.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
• Dial a Number Using One Touch Dial
236
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial a Number Using Speed Dial
Dial a Number Using Speed Dial
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Load your document.
3. Do one of the following:
• Press
twice and enter the three-digit Speed Dial code.
• Press
.
Press the dial pad buttons for the first few letters of the name, and then press OK.
Press a or b to scroll until you find the name you are looking for, and then press OK.
4. Press OK.
5. Press Start.
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Store Speed Dial Numbers
• Change or Delete Speed Dial Numbers
237
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial a Number Using Speed Dial > Store Speed Dial
Numbers
Store Speed Dial Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
Use the Speed Dial numbers to store up to 200 numbers with a name.
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press
twice and enter a three-digit Speed Dial code (001 - 200). Press OK.
If a number is not stored there, the LCD displays [Register Now?].
3. Press a to select [Yes].
4. Enter the telephone or fax number (up to 20 digits), and then press OK.
5. Do one of the following:
• Enter the name using the dial pad (up to 16 characters), and then press OK.
• To store the number without a name, press OK.
Related Information
• Dial a Number Using Speed Dial
238
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial a Number Using Speed Dial > Change or Delete
Speed Dial Numbers
Change or Delete Speed Dial Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
You can change or delete Speed Dial Codes.
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a three times.
3. Press a or b to display the [Speed Dial] option, and then press OK.
4. Enter the Speed Dial code you want to change or delete, and then press OK.
5. Do one of the following:
• To change the stored fax or telephone number and name:
a. Press a.
b. Edit the number and name:
To edit the stored number or name, press d or c to move the cursor to the character you want to
change, and then press Clear.
Enter the correct character, and then press OK.
• To delete the stored fax or telephone number and name:
a. Press b.
b. Press a to confirm.
• To exit without making a change, press Stop/Exit.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
• Dial a Number Using Speed Dial
239
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
A Group, which can be stored in the Address Book (One Touch Dial or Speed Dial in some models) allows you to
send the same fax message to many fax numbers.
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book (a One Touch Dial, or a Speed Dial in some models) number.
Applicable Models
Maximum number of Group Maximum numbers in a large
Group
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
20 groups 207 numbers
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
20 groups 199 numbers
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a three times.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setup Groups] option, and then press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
• To store a Group in a Speed Dial location
Press
and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial location, and then press OK.
• To store a Group in a One Touch Dial location
Press a One Touch button.
5. Use the dial pad to enter a Group number (01 to 20), and then press OK.
6. Add numbers to the Group:
• To add Speed Dial Numbers
Press
and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial location.
• To add one Touch Dial Numbers
press the One Touch keys one after the other.
The LCD will display selected Speed Dial numbers with a # and One Touch Dial numbers with a * (for
example *006, #009).
7. Press OK when you finish adding numbers.
8. Enter the Group name using the dial pad (up to 16 characters).
9. Press OK.
10. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
240
a. Press [Edit] > [Setup Groups] > [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a red checkmark, and then press
[OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have selected, and then press [OK] to
save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Change a Broadcasting Group Name
• Delete a Broadcasting Group
• Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
241
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a three times.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setup Groups] option, and then press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the Group name of a Group stored in a Speed Dial location
Press and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial location, and then press OK.
• To change the Group name of a Group stored in a One Touch Dial location
Press a One Touch button.
5. Press a to change the stored Group information.
6. Press OK.
7. To edit the name, press d or c position the cursor under the character you want to change. Then press Clear
to delete it, and enter the correct character using the dial pad.
When you are finished editing, press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press it.
3. Press [Name].
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
How to change the stored name:
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press .
Enter the new character.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press .
Related Information
• Set up Groups for Broadcasting
242
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Delete a
Broadcasting Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a three times.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setup Groups] option, and then press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
• To delete a Group stored in a Speed Dial location
Press and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial location, and then press OK.
• To delete a Group stored in a One Touch Dial location
Press a One Touch button.
5. Press b to delete the Group.
6. Press a to confirm.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Delete].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press it.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press .
Related Information
• Set up Groups for Broadcasting
243
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press a three times.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setup Groups] option, and then press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the numbers of a Group stored in a Speed Dial location
Press and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial location, and then press OK.
• To change the numbers of a Group stored in a One Touch Dial location
Press a One Touch button.
5. Press a to change the numbers stored in the Group.
6. Add or delete One Touch or Speed Dial numbers
• To add One Touch numbers
Press d or c to position the cursor just after the last number.
Then press the One Touch button of the number you want to add.
• To add Speed Dial numbers
Press d or c to position the cursor just after the last number.
Then press
and then enter the three-digit Speed Dial location of the number you want to add.
• To delete One Touch or Speed Dial numbers, press d or c to position the cursor under the number you
want to delete, and then press Clear.
When you are finished editing, press OK.
7. Press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [(Fax)] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press it.
3. Press a or b to display [Add/Delete], and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
• To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
• To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
8. Press
.
244
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Sometimes you may want to choose from several long-distance carriers when you send a fax. Rates may vary
depending on the time and destination. To take advantage of low rates, you can store the access codes of long-
distance carriers and credit card numbers as Address Book numbers.
You can store these long dialing sequences by dividing them and setting them up as separate Address Book
numbers in any combination. You can even include manual dialing using the dial pad.
For example: You might have stored '555' and '7000' in your machine as shown in the following table.
Applicable Models
'555' stored in '7000' stored in
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
Quick Dial: 003 Quick Dial: 002
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Address Book: Brother 1 Address Book: Brother 2
You can use them both to dial '555-7000' by using the following procedure.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press twice, 003.
3. Press OK.
4. Press
twice, 002.
5. Press OK.
6. Press Start.
The machine will dial '555-7000'.
To temporarily change a number, you can substitute part of the number by pressing it using the dial pad. For
example, to change the number to '555-7001', you could enter the number (555) using Speed Dial 003, and then
press 7001 using the dial pad.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialing sequence, create a pause in the
number by pressing Redial/Pause.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[(Fax)] > [Address Book].
2. Press a or b to display the number of Brother 1.
3. Press the number.
4. Press [Apply].
5. Press [Options].
6. Press a or b to display the [Address Book] option, and then press it.
7. Press a or b to display the number of Brother 2.
8. Press the number.
246
9. Press [Apply].
10. Press [Fax Start].
The machine will dial '555-7000'.
To temporarily change a number, you can substitute part of the number by pressing it using the LCD. For
example, to change the number to '555-7001', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 555) using Address Book,
press [Apply], and then press 7001 using the LCD.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialing sequence, create a pause in the
number by pressing [Pause].
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
247
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Voice Mail
Voice Mail
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, Voice Mail and the Brother machine
will conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls.
For example, if your Voice Mail is set to answer after four rings and your Brother machine is set to answer after
two rings, then your Brother machine will answer first. This will prevent callers from being able to leave a
message in your Voice Mail.
Similarly, if your Brother machine is set to answer after four rings and your Voice Mail is set to answer after two
rings, then your Voice Mail will answer first. This will prevent your Brother machine from being able to receive an
incoming fax, since Voice Mail cannot transfer the incoming fax back to the Brother machine.
To avoid conflicts between your Brother machine and your Voice Mail service, do one of the following:
• Get the Distinctive Ring service from your telephone company. Distinctive Ring is a feature of your Brother
machine that allows a person with one line to receive fax and voice calls through two different telephone
numbers on that one line.
Brother uses the term ’Distinctive Ring,’ but telephone companies market the service under a variety of
names, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Smart Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-
Call, Teen Ring, and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number Ringing. This service establishes a second
telephone number on the same line as your existing telephone number, and each number has its own ring
pattern. Typically, the original number rings with the standard ring pattern and is used for receiving voice
calls, and the second number rings with a different ring pattern and is used for receiving faxes.
• Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to "Manual". Manual Mode requires you answer every incoming
call if you want to be able to receive a fax. If the incoming call is a telephone call, then complete the call as
you normally would. If you hear fax sending tones you must transfer the call to the Brother machine.
Unanswered fax and voice calls will go to your Voice Mail.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
249
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Distinctive Ring
Distinctive Ring
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
Distinctive Ring is a function of your Brother machine that allows a person with one line to receive fax and voice
calls through two different phone numbers on that one line. Brother uses the term "Distinctive Ring," but
telephone companies market the service under a variety of names, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring,
Smart Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-Call, Teen Ring, and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number
Ringing. This service establishes a second telephone number on the same line as your existing telephone
number, and each number has its own ring pattern. Typically, the original number rings with the standard ring
pattern and is used for receiving voice calls, and the second number rings with a different ring pattern and is
used for receiving faxes.
• You must pay for your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service before you program the machine to
work with it.
• Contact your telephone company for availability and rates.
What does your telephone company’s ‘Distinctive Ring’ do?
Your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service allows you to have more than one number on the same
telephone line. If you need more than one telephone number, it is cheaper than paying for an extra line.
Each telephone number has its own distinctive ring pattern, so you will know which telephone number is ringing.
This is one way to have a separate telephone number for your machine.
Contact your telephone company for availability and rates.
What does Brother’s ‘Distinctive Ring’ do?
The Brother machine has a Distinctive Ring feature that allows you to use your machine to take full advantage of
the telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service. The new telephone number on your line can only receive
faxes.
You must pay for your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service before you program the machine to
work with it.
Do you have Voice Mail?
If you have Voice Mail on the telephone line where you will install your new machine, there is a strong possibility
that Voice Mail and the machine will conflict with each other while receiving incoming calls. However, the
Distinctive Ring feature allows you to use more than one number on your line, so both Voice Mail and the
machine can work together without any problems. If each one has a separate telephone number, neither will
interfere with the other’s operations.
If you decide to get the Distinctive Ring service from the telephone company, you must register the new
Distinctive Ring pattern they give you. This is so your machine can recognize its incoming calls.
You can change or cancel the Distinctive Ring pattern at any time. You can switch it off temporarily, and turn
it back on later. When you get a new fax number, make sure you reset this feature.
Before you choose the ring pattern to register
You can register only one Distinctive Ring pattern with the machine. Some ring patterns cannot be registered.
The ring patterns below are supported by your Brother machine. Register the one your telephone company gives
you.
250
Ring Pattern Rings
1 short-short or long-long
2 short-long-short
3 short-short-long
4 very long
(normal pattern)
• Ring Pattern #1 is often called Short-Short and is the most commonly used.
• If the ring pattern you received is not on this chart, contact your telephone company and ask for one
that is shown.
• The machine will answer only calls to its registered number.
• The first two rings are silent on the machine. This is because the fax must <<listen>> to the ring pattern (to
compare it to the pattern that was ‘registered’). (Other telephones on the same line will ring.)
• If you program the machine correctly, it will recognize the registered ring pattern of the ‘fax number’ within
two ring patterns and then answer with a fax tone. When the ‘voice number’ is called, the machine will not
answer.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
• Turn Off Distinctive Ring
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
251
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Distinctive Ring > Register the Distinctive Ring
Pattern
Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
After you set the Distinctive Ring feature to [On], your Distinctive Ring number will receive faxes automatically.
The receive mode is automatically set to [Manual] and you cannot change it to another receive mode while
Distinctive Ring is set to [On]. This ensures the Brother machine will only answer the Distinctive Ring number
and not interfere when your main telephone number is called.
When Distinctive Ring is on, the LCD displays [D/R] as the Receive Mode.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Miscellaneous] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Distinctive] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [On] option, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display the prestored ring pattern you want to use, and then press OK.
• You will hear each pattern as you scroll through the four patterns. Make sure you select the pattern that
the telephone company gave you.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Distinctive].
2. Do one of the following:
• If you have not registered the Distinctive Ring pattern, press [Distinctive], and then press [On].
• If you have already registered the Distinctive Ring pattern, and want to change the pattern, proceed to
Ring Pattern setting.
3. Press [Ring Pattern].
4. Press the stored ring pattern you want, and then press [OK].
You will hear each pattern as you press the four buttons. Make sure you select the pattern that the telephone
company gave you.
5. Press
.
Distinctive Ring is now set to [On].
If you do not want to receive faxes on your Distinctive Ring number, you can turn off Distinctive Ring. The
machine will stay in [Manual] receive mode so you must set the Receive Mode again.
252
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Distinctive Ring > Turn Off Distinctive Ring
Turn Off Distinctive Ring
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Miscellaneous] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Distinctive] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [Off] option, and then press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
If you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in Manual Mode. You must set the Receive Mode again.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Distinctive] >
[Distinctive].
2. Press [Off].
3. Press
.
If you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in Manual Mode. You must set the Receive Mode again.
Related Information
• Distinctive Ring
254
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID
Caller ID
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The Caller ID feature lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local telephone companies.
This service displays the telephone number, or name if it is available, of your caller as the line rings.
• The [# Unavailable] message means the call originated outside your Caller ID service area.
• The [Private Call] message means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of Caller ID
information.
Call your telephone company for more information.
Once you answer a call, the Caller ID information disappears from the LCD and is stored in Caller ID memory.
View the list or select a number and add it to the Address Book (the Speed Dial or One the Touch Dial in some
models), or delete it from the history.
You can print a list of the Caller ID information received by your machine.
• This feature is not available in some countries.
• This feature may not be available in certain areas of the USA and Canada.
• The Caller ID service varies with different carriers. Contact your local telephone company to learn about
the service available in your area.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
255
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it
hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice
message and the LCD will show [Telephone].
The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your
machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will
send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your
external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
Unless you are using Distinctive Ring, the TAD must be connected to the EXT. jack of the machine.
• If you subscribe to your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service:
You may connect an external TAD to a separate wall jack only if you subscribe to your telephone company’s
Distinctive Ring service, have registered the distinctive ring pattern on your machine, and use that number as
a fax number. The recommended setting is at least four rings on the external TAD when you have the
telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service. You cannot use the Toll Saver setting.
• If You Do Not Subscribe to the Distinctive Ring Service:
You must plug your TAD into the EXT. jack of your machine. If your TAD is plugged into a wall jack, both your
machine and the TAD will try to control the telephone line. (See the illustration.)
1
1
1 TAD
2 Protective Cap
1
3
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Connect an External TAD
• Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
256
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The external TAD must be plugged into the back of the machine, into the jack labeled EXT. Your machine cannot
work correctly if you plug the TAD into a wall jack (unless you are using Distinctive Ring).
1. Plug the telephone line cord from the telephone wall jack into the back of the machine, in the jack labeled
LINE.
2. Plug the telephone line cord from your external TAD into the back of the machine, in the jack labeled EXT.
(Make sure this cord is connected to the TAD at the TAD’s telephone line jack, and not its handset jack.)
3. Set your external TAD to four rings or less. (The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
4. Record an outgoing message on your external TAD.
5. Set the TAD to answer calls.
6. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD].
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
257
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Record 5 seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for fax
tones.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Fax Receive Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
NOTE
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial 5 second silence because the machine cannot hear
fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving
faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
258
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
Connect the telephone line cord to the jack labeled EXT.
Before you connect an external telephone, remove the protective cap (3) from the EXT. jack on the machine.
1
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
3 Protective Cap
2
3
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
260
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use extension telephones
If you answer a fax call at an extension telephone, you can make your machine receive the fax by pressing the
Fax Receive Code *51.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an
extension telephone by pressing the Telephone Answer Code #51.
Use an external telephone (Connected to the EXT. jack of the machine)
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone connected to the EXT. jack of the machine, you can make the
machine receive the fax by pressing [ ] > [Fax Start] or Start, and selecting [Receive] or b.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing [Pickup] or Hook.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD displays [Receiving], and then hang up.
You can also use the Easy Receive feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
261
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > If You Use
a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
If You Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your non-Brother cordless telephone is connected to the EXT. jack of the machine and you typically carry the
cordless handset elsewhere, it is easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay.
If you let the machine answer first, you must go to the machine so you can press [Pickup] or Hook to transfer
the call to the cordless handset.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
262
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Fax Receive Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing the Fax
Receive Code *51. Wait for the chirping sounds, and then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive it by pressing the buttons in
the following table:
Applicable Models
To make the machine receive the fax
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
Start and then b
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
> Fax Start > Receive
Telephone Answer Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring)
after the initial ring delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by
pressing #51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing the button in the following table:
Applicable Models
To pick up voice call
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW Hook
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Pickup
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
• Change the Remote Codes
263
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The preset Fax Receive Code is *51. The preset Telephone Answer Code is #51. If you are always disconnected
when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes, for example to ### and
999.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press
(FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setup Receive] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Remote Codes] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [On] option, and then press OK.
• To turn off Remote Codes, select the [Off] option.
7. Enter the new Fax Receive Code, and then press OK.
8. Enter the new Telephone Answer Code, and then press OK.
9. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Remote Codes].
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the Fax Receive Code, press [Fax Receive Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
• To change the Telephone Answer Code, press [Tel Answer]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
• If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
• To turn off (or turn on) the Remote Codes, press [Remote Codes], and then press [Off] (or [On]).
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Use the Remote Codes
264
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line
system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the
machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by
a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to [Manual].
We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX.
Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
265
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Print a Transmission Verification Report
Print a Transmission Verification Report
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving
party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent,
and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
On
Prints a report after every fax you send.
On (+Image)
Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Error only
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only is the factory setting.
Error only (+Image)
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off
Your Brother machine does not print any reports after sending faxes.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Report Setting] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Transmission] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Error Only], [ErrorOnly+Image], [Off], [On (+Image)], or [On
(+Image)] option, and press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Transmission].
2. Press a or b to select the option you want.
If you select [On+Image] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On].
3. Press
.
If the transmission is successful, OK appears next to RESULT on the Transmission Verification Report. If the
transmission is not successful, NG appears next to RESULT.
Related Information
• Fax Reports
267
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Print a Fax Journal
Print a Fax Journal
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7
days).
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Report Setting] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Journal Period] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Every 50Faxes], [Every 6Hours], [Every 12Hours], [Every
24Hours], [Every 2Days], [Every 7Days], or [Off] option, and then press OK.
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected time and then erase all jobs from its memory. If the
machine's memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine will
print the Journal early and then erase all jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before it is due
to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs from the memory.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 jobs.
6. If you chose Every 7 Days, press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every Tuesday], [Every
Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or [Every Sunday] option,
and then press OK.
7. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, do one of the following to enter the time to start printing:
• If you selected [12h Clock] in the Date&Time setting, enter the time in 12-hour format, and then press
OK.
Press a or b to display the [AM] or [PM] option, and then press OK.
• If you selected [24h Clock] in the Date&Time setting, enter the time in 24-hour format, and then press
OK.
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
8. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Journal Period] >
[Journal Period].
2. Press a or b to select an interval.
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected time and then erase all jobs from its memory. If the
machine's memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine will
print the Journal early and then erase all jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before it is due
to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs from the memory.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 jobs.
268
3. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time using the LCD, and then press
[OK].
4. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day].
5. Press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every Tuesday], [Every Wednesday], [Every
Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or [Every Sunday] option, and then press the first
day of the 7-day countdown.
6. Press .
Related Information
• Fax Reports
269
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Reduce paper consumption and save time by using Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your
machine.
• Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
272
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure PC-FAX
(Windows)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalize the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.
2. Do one of the following:
• Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft account can have its own customized User Information screen for custom fax headers and
cover pages.
• Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
• Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book drop-down list.
3. Click OK.
273
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalize your Brother Address Book.
• Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
275
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using Brother
PC-Fax software.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
276
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
278
3. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field.
4. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add >>.
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box.
5. When finished, click OK.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
279
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to edit.
3. Click (Properties).
4. Change the member or group information.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
280
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to delete.
3. Click
(Delete).
4. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
281
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv), a vCard (an electronic business card), or Remote
Setup Dial Data and save it on your computer.
• You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Export.
3. Select one of the following:
• Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
• vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field,
and then click Save.
282
• Remote Setup Dial Data
Browse to the folder where you want to save the data, type the file name in the File name field, and
then click Save.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add >>.
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
5. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
283
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv), vCards (electronic business cards), or Remote Setup Dial Data into your
Address Book.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Import.
3. Select one of the following:
• Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
• vCard
Go to step 7.
• Remote Setup Dial Data
Go to step 7.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add >>.
284
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import
text file.
5. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
285
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
PC-FAX supports only black and white faxes. A black and white fax will be sent even if the original data is color
and the receiving fax machine supports color faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
• Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address.
If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax
number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
• Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click to create or edit a
cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.
• To cancel the fax, click Cancel.
• To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start.
Related Information
• PC-FAX for Windows
286
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to receive faxes on your computer, screen them and print only those faxes you
want.
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
287
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Brother's PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed
when you install the Brother software and drivers and works on locally or network-connected machines.
• PC-FAX Receive supports only black and white faxes.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your Brother
machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this
application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup
Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before
the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your Brother machine.
Related Information
• Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
• Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
• View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
288
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software
runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Confirm the message and click Yes.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The (PC-Fax Receive (Ready)) icon also appears in your
computer task tray.
Related Information
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
• Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
• Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
289
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows) >
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Double-click the (PC-Fax Receive (Ready)) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the SharePoint server and select the option to upload automatically or manually
(available only for Administrators).
Device
Select the Brother machine that you want to receive PC-FAX.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click OK.
290
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows) >
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
• If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already
be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the (PC-Fax Receive (Ready)) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Click Device > Add.
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
Connected Brother machines will be displayed. Select a device from the list. Click OK.
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK.
292
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Receiving Status
Icon
Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the (PC-Fax Receive (Ready)) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, click in the right top corner of the window to close it.
294
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Mac > Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
PC-FAX supports only black and white faxes. A black and white fax will be sent even if the original data is color
and the receiving fax machine supports color faxes.
1. Create a document in a Mac application.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Send Fax option.
4. Click the Output pop-up menu, and then select the Facsimile option.
5. Type a fax number in the Input Fax Number field, and then click Add.
The fax number is displayed in the Destination Fax Numbers field.
297
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The machine supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which network
features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems Windows 7
Windows 8
Windows 10
Windows Server
2008/2008 R2/2012/2012
R2/2016/2019
macOS v10.10.5
macOS v10.11.x
macOS v10.12.x
macOS v10.14.x
macOS v10.15.x
macOS v11
Printing
Yes Yes Yes
Scanning Yes Yes
PC Fax Send (Available only
for certain models)
Yes Yes
PC Fax Receive (Available
only for certain models)
Yes
BRAdmin Light Yes Yes
BRAdmin Professional Yes Yes
Web Based Management Yes Yes Yes
Remote Setup (Available only
for certain models)
Yes
Status Monitor (Available only
for certain models)
Yes Yes
Driver Deployment Wizard Yes Yes
Vertical Pairing (Available only
for certain models)
Yes
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Light.
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional utility.
Related Information
• Network
300
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities
Network Management Software and Utilities
Configure and change your Brother machine's network settings using a management utility.
• Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
• Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
301
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities > Learn about Network Management
Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
BRAdmin Light (Windows)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for
Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download
BRAdmin Light.
• If using Windows Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily
disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
BRAdmin Professional is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This
utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read Windows
Explorer-style screen that changes color to identify the status of each device. You can configure network and
device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows computer on your LAN. BRAdmin Professional can
also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data. For users who want to monitor
locally-connected machines, install the Print Auditor Client software on the client computer. This utility allows you
to use BRAdmin Professional to monitor machines that are connected to a client computer via the USB interface.
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional utility.
• Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional window. The default node
name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
• If using Windows Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily
disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
Remote Setup (Windows and Mac) (Available only for certain models)
Remote Setup is a program for configuring many machine and network settings from either a Windows or a Mac
application. When you start this application, the settings on your machine are automatically downloaded to your
computer and displayed on your computer screen. If you change the settings, you can upload them directly to the
machine.
(Windows)
This utility can be used with either a USB or a network connection.
(Mac)
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
download the Remote Setup.
• This utility can be used with a USB connection.
Related Information
• Network Management Software and Utilities
302
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Brother installation disc.
• Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel
Setup Wizard
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
•
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
303
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
• To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to
the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between
the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your
documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and
applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics,
you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB
for the fastest throughput speed.
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only),
only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct
connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used
at the same time.
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
304
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
1. Turn on your computer and insert the Brother installation disc into your computer.
• For Windows, follow these instructions:
• For Mac, click Driver Download to go to the Brother Solutions Center. Follow the on-screen instructions
to install printer drivers.
2. The opening screen appears automatically.
Choose your language, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
If the Brother screen does not appear, do the following:
• (Windows 7)
Go to Computer. Double-click the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe.
• (Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Click the
(File Explorer) icon on the taskbar, and then go to Computer (This PC). Double-click
the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe.
• If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Choose Wireless Network Connection (Wi-Fi), and then click Next.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
305
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from
your machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WPS] option, and then press OK.
5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
6. When the LCD displays [Start WPS on your wireless access point/router.], press the WPS
button on your wireless access point/router. Then press OK on your machine. Your machine will automatically
detect your wireless access point/router and try to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] > [WPS].
2. When [Switch Network interface to wireless?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the touchscreen displays [Start WPS on your wireless access point/router, then
press [OK].], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press [OK] on your
machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless access point/router and try to connect to your
wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
306
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
307
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method
of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. By submitting a PIN
created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up
the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the
instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar:
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar:
308
2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WPS w/PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
6. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
7. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
8. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
9. Do one of the following:
309
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > View devices and printers > Add a device.
• Windows 10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your
network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after
the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the full driver and software
package, use the Brother installation disc.
10. Select your machine and click Next.
11. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
12. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
13. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Switch Network interface to wireless?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• (Windows 8)
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > View devices and printers > Add a device.
310
• To use a Windows 7, or Windows 8 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in
advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/
router.
• If you use Windows 7 or Windows 8 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless
configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the full driver and software package, use
the Brother installer on the Installer CD-ROM.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
311
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's
Control Panel Setup Wizard
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key
12345
• Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
• If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother Customer Service, make sure you
have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this
information.
• If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
- Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
- The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
- If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK.
6. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
7. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears,
press a or b to select the SSID you want.
8. Press OK.
9. Do one of the following:
312
• If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
Enter the WEP key, and then press OK to apply your settings.
To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No].
• If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
• If your WLAN access point/router supports WPS, [WPS is available] appears. To connect your
machine using the automatic wireless mode, press a. (If you choose [No], enter the Network Key you
wrote down in the first step.) When [Press WPS on rtr] appears, press the WPS button on your
WLAN access point/router, and then press a twice.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key
12345
• Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
• If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother Customer Service, make sure you
have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this
information.
• If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
- Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
- The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
- If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Switch Network interface to wireless?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs.
313
If a list of SSIDs is displayed, press a or b to display the SSID to which you want to connect, and then press
the SSID.
5. Press [OK].
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
When you have entered all the characters, press [OK].
• If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
• If your WLAN access point/router supports WPS, [The selected access point/router
supports WPS. Use WPS?] appears. To connect your machine using the automatic wireless mode,
press [Yes]. (If you choose [No], enter the Network Key you wrote down in the first step.) When
[Start WPS on your wireless access point/router, then press [Next].] appears,
press the WPS button on your WLAN access point/router, and then press [Next].
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
314
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not
Broadcast
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK.
6. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
7. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK.
8. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
9. Press a or b to select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK.
10. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK.
11. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [None] or [WEP],
and then press OK.
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption Type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
315
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP + AES]
or [AES], and then press OK.
Enter the WPA
™
key, and then press OK.
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
12. To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No].
13. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Switch Network interface to wireless?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display [<New
SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
7. Select the Authentication Method.
8. Do one of the following:
316
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press [None] or [WEP].
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA
™
key, and then press [OK].
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
• How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
317
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. It allows you to
configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an Android
™
device, Windows device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports
wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS). You can
also configure a wireless network by manually setting an SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi
Direct feature supports WPA2
™
security with AES encryption.
2
1
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network, only one connection
method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or
a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the
same time.
• The Wi-Fi Direct-supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the G/O serves as an access point.
Related Information
• Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
319
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
320
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network
environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment:
Check your mobile device for configuration.
1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 2
No Go to Step 3
2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method.
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method.
3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 4
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually.
4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS).
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS).
(Available only for certain models) To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured
by one-push configuration using Wi-Fi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you
use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be running Android
™
4.0 or greater.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Related Topics:
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
321
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK.
5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
6. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD.
Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Clear.
7. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK.
Search for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
8. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions
Center at support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's
LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press
.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a
Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again
by pressing [Rescan].
322
4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. (Available only for certain models) The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother
iPrint&Scan contains information on printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's
Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Related Topics:
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
323
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-
Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK.
7. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
8. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the
machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Clear.
9. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions
Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On].
3. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option. Press [Push Button].
4. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on
the machine's LCD. Press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. (Available only for certain models) The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother
iPrint&Scan contains information on printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's
Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
324
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
6. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD.
Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Clear.
7. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [Input PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in
your Brother machine. Press OK to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK.
Search for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
8. Do one of the following:
• Follow the machine's instruction to display the PIN on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile
device, and then go to the next step.
• Follow the machine's instruction to enter the PIN displayed by your mobile device in your Brother
machine. Press OK, and then go to the next step.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press Stop/Exit on your Brother machine. Go back to the
first step and try again.
9. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions
Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
326
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's
LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in your
Brother machine. Press [OK] to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a
Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to and press [OK]. Search for
available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
4. Do one of the following:
• Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your Brother machine and enter the PIN in your
mobile device. Go to the next step.
• Press [Input PIN Code] to enter the PIN displayed by your mobile device in your Brother machine,
and then press [OK]. Go to the next step.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press
on your Brother machine. Go back to the first
step and try again.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. (Available only for certain models) The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother
iPrint&Scan contains information on printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's
Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Related Topics:
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
327
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
7. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
8. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the
machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Clear.
9. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [Input PIN Code]
appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine.
10. Press OK.
11. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions
Center at support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On].
3. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option. Press [PIN Code].
4. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears, activate your
mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) and
then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
5. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter
the PIN displayed on your mobile device in to the machine. Press [OK].
328
6. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. (Available only for certain models) The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother
iPrint&Scan contains information on printing from or scanning to your mobile device. Go to your model's
Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Related Topics:
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
329
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Manual] option, and then press OK.
5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
6. The machine will display the SSID name and Password for two minutes. Go to your mobile device's wireless
network settings screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password.
7. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. For information on printing from or scanning to your mobile device, go to your
model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the Mobile Print/Scan
Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password for two minutes. Go to your mobile device's wireless
network settings screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password.
3. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. (Available only for certain models)For more information on printing from or
scanning to your mobile device, go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Related Topics:
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
330
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features
Advanced Network Features
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Configure Your Mail Server Settings Using Web Based Management
• Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
• Use the Send Fax to Server Feature
• Print the WLAN Report
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
331
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
• Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
• If the [IP Address] on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try
printing it again.
• You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
- IP address: 192.168.0.5
- Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
- Node name: BRN000ca0000499
- MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Network Config] option, and then press OK.
4. Press Start.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration].
2. Press [Yes].
The machine prints the Network Configuration Report.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
Related Topics:
• Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
• Access Web Based Management
332
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Configure Your Mail Server Settings Using Web Based
Management
Configure Your Mail Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Use Web Based Management to configure your Brother machine to connect with your mail server.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP field, click Advanced Settings and make sure the Status is Enabled.
7. Select the mail server you want to configure.
8. Enter the necessary settings for the mail server.
If you select the IMAP4 option, you must enter the full path of the mail folder using single byte characters
only, and then enter "Inbox" for the root mail folder.
9. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send/Receive E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
10. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
333
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
With Internet Fax (I-Fax), you can send and receive fax documents using the Internet. Documents are
transmitted in email messages as attached TIFF-F files. Your computer can send and receive documents as long
as it has an application that can create and view TIFF-F files. You can use any TIFF-F viewer application.
Documents sent via the machine will be converted into a TIFF‑F format automatically. To send and receive
messages to and from your machine, your computer's email application must support Multipurpose Internet Mail
Extensions (MIME).
2
4
4
4
3
3
1
1. Sender
2. Internet
3. Receiver
4. Email server
• I-Fax supports sending and receiving documents in Letter or A4 format and in black and white only.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
• Important Information about Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• Configure the Brother Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• Send an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• Poll the Server Manually
• I-Fax Options
Related Topics:
• Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
334
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Important Information
about Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Important Information about Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
I-Fax communication on a LAN is very similar to communication via email; however, it is different from fax
communication using standard phone lines. Make sure you read the following information about using I-Fax:
• Factors such as the receiver's location, structure of the LAN and how busy the circuit (such as the Internet) is
may cause the system to take a longer time than usual to send an error mail.
• When sending confidential documents, we recommend using standard phone lines instead of the Internet
(due to its low level of security).
• If the receiver's mail system is not MIME-compatible, you cannot use I-Fax to send documents. If possible,
check this in advance, and note that some servers will not send an error reply.
• If a document is too large to send via I-Fax, it may not reach the receiver.
• You cannot change the font or size of the text in any Internet mail you receive.
Related Information
• Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
335
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure the Brother
Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Configure the Brother Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Before using I-Fax, configure your Brother machine to communicate with your network and mail server. You can
configure these items using the machine's control panel or Web Based Management. Make sure the following
items are configured on your machine:
• IP address (If you are already using your machine on your network, the machine's IP address has been
configured correctly.)
• Email address
• SMTP, POP3, IMAP4 server address/port/Authentication method/Encryption method/Server Certificate
Verification
• Mailbox name and password
If you are unsure of any of these items, contact your system administrator.
Related Information
• Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
• Initial Setup for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
Related Topics:
• I-Fax Options
336
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure the Brother
Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax) > Initial Setup for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Initial Setup for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Before sending your I-Fax, use the control panel, Web Based Management, or Remote Setup to configure the
following optional items:
• E-mail Subject
• E-mail Message
• Size Limit
• Request Delivery Notification (Send)
If you are unsure of any of these items, contact your system administrator.
Related Information
• Configure the Brother Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• How Your Brother Machine Receives an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Topics:
• Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
337
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure the Brother
Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax) > Initial Setup for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax) > How Your Brother
Machine Receives an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
How Your Brother Machine Receives an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
When your Brother machine receives an incoming I-Fax, it will print the I-Fax automatically. To receive an I-
Fax, we recommend using the control panel or Web Based Management to configure the following optional
items:
• Auto Polling
• Polling Frequency
• Print Mail Header
• Delete/Read Receive Error Mail
• Send Delivery Notification (Receive)
There are two ways you can receive email messages:
• POP3/IMAP4 receiving at regular intervals
• POP3/IMAP4 receiving, manually initiated
When using POP3/IMAP4 receiving, the machine polls your email server to receive data. Polling can occur at set
intervals (for example, you can configure the machine to poll the email server every ten minutes) or you can
manually poll the server.
• If your machine starts to receive email data, the LCD displays [Receiving]. The email will be printed
automatically.
• If your machine is out of paper when receiving data, the received data will be held in the machine's
memory. This data will be printed automatically after paper is reloaded in the paper tray.
• When the machine's Temporary Fax Backup Function is turned on, received data will be stored for a
certain period of time.
• If the received mail is not in a plain text format, or an attached file is not in the TIFF-F format, the error
message "ATTACHED FILE FORMAT NOT SUPPORTED." will be printed.
• If the received mail is too large, the error message "E-MAIL FILE TOO LARGE." will be printed.
• If Delete/Read Receive Error Mail is On (default), then the error mail will be deleted from the email
server automatically.
Related Information
• Initial Setup for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Topics:
• Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
• How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
338
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure the Brother
Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax) > How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
When a computer receives an I-Fax document, the document is attached to an email message that notifies you
in its Subject: line that your email server has received an I-Fax. You can either wait for your Brother machine to
poll the email server, or you can manually poll the email server to receive the incoming data.
Related Information
• Configure the Brother Machine for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Topics:
• How Your Brother Machine Receives an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
339
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Send an Internet Fax (I-
Fax)
Send an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Sending an I-Fax is like sending a normal fax. Make sure that your recipient's information is saved in your email
address book, and load the document you want to I-Fax into your Brother machine.
• If the computer to which you want to send a document is not running Windows Server 2008/2012/2012
R2/2016/2019, Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10, ask the computer's owner to install software
that can view TIFF files.
• To send multiple pages, use the ADF.
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• If Fax Preview is set to [Off], press [Fax].
• If Fax Preview is set to [On], press [Fax], and then press [Sending Faxes].
3. To change the fax-sending settings, press [Options].
4. Press a or b to scroll through the fax settings. When the setting you want appears, press it and select your
preference. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK].
5. Do one of the following:
• Press , and then enter the email address.
• Press [Address Book], select the email address of your recipient, and then press [Apply].
6. Press [Fax Start].
The machine starts scanning. After the document is scanned, it is transmitted to the recipient via your SMTP
server. You can cancel the send operation by pressing during scanning. When the transmission is
finished, the machine will enter standby mode.
Related Information
• Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
340
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Poll the Server Manually
Poll the Server Manually
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Manual Receive].
2. Press [Yes] to confirm.
3. The LCD displays [Receiving] and your machine will print the data from the email server.
Related Information
• Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
341
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Forward
Received Email and Fax Messages
Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Use Brother's I-Fax feature to forward email or standard fax messages to another computer, to a fax machine, or
to another I-Fax machine. Enable the Forwarding feature using your machine's control panel.
To enable email forwarding using your machine's control panel :
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Fax Forward].
3. Enter the recipient's fax number or email address.
4. Press [OK].
Press [Backup Print: On] to print received faxes at your machine so you will have a copy.
5. Press .
Related Information
• I-Fax Options
Related Topics:
• Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
• Initial Setup for Email or Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• How Your Brother Machine Receives an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
343
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Relay
Broadcast
Relay Broadcast
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
A Relay Broadcast is when your Brother machine receives a message over the Internet and then relays it to
another fax machine using conventional telephone lines. If you must fax a document over a long distance or
abroad, use the Relay Broadcast Function to save the communication fee.
1. The Internet
2. Telephone line
3. Email server
Use the Brother machine's control panel or Web Based Management to configure the following items:
• Relay Broadcast Function
Set the Relay Broadcast Function to On.
• Relay Domain
Configure your machine's domain name on the machine that will broadcast the document to the conventional
fax machine. If you wish to use your machine as a relay broadcast device, you must specify the trusted
domain name (the portion of the name after the "@" sign) at the machine. Use care in selecting a trusted
domain: any user on a trusted domain will be able to send a relay broadcast. You can register up to ten
domain names.
• Relay Broadcast Report
Specify whether or not you want a report to print after the machine completes the relay broadcast.
Related Information
• I-Fax Options
• Relay Broadcast from Your Brother Machine
• Relay Broadcast from Your Computer
344
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Relay
Broadcast > Relay Broadcast from Your Brother Machine
Relay Broadcast from Your Brother Machine
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Use the Relay Broadcast Function to send an email from your machine to a conventional fax machine.
Confirm the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP and SMTP check boxes are selected in Web Based Management. If the
POP3/IMAP4/SMTP and SMTP check boxes are not selected, select the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP and SMTP
check boxes. Click Submit, and then restart your machine.
FAX@brother.com UKFAX@brother.co.uk 123456789
1
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
r
1. The Internet
In this example, your machine's email address is FAX@brother.com and you want to send a document from your
machine to a standard fax machine in England with the email address UKFAX@brother.co.uk, and you want your
machine to send the document using a conventional telephone line.
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• If Fax Preview is set to [Off], press [Fax].
• If Fax Preview is set to [On], press [Fax], and then press [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options].
4. Press a or b to display the [Broadcasting] option.
5. Press [Broadcasting].
6. Press [Add Number].
7. You can add email addresses to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press [Add Number]. Press
, enter the email address and press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book]. Press the check box of the email address you want to add to the
broadcast. After you have checked all the email addresses you want, press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book]. Enter the name and press [OK]. The search results will be
displayed. Press the name and then press the email address you want to add to the broadcast.
The following is an example of how to enter the email address and phone number:
345
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Relay
Broadcast > Relay Broadcast from Your Computer
Relay Broadcast from Your Computer
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Use the Relay Broadcast Function to send an email from your computer to a conventional fax machine.
• Some email applications do not support sending an email to multiple fax numbers. If your email application
cannot support multiple fax numbers, you can relay to only one fax machine at a time.
1
UKFAX@brother.co.uk 123456789
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
1. The Internet
• Confirm the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP and SMTP check boxes are selected in Web Based Management. If the
POP3/IMAP4/SMTP and SMTP check boxes are not selected, select the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP and SMTP
check boxes. Click Submit, and then restart your machine.
If you are sending an email to a conventional fax machine, the method of entering the fax machine's fax number
will vary, depending on the mail application you are using.
1. In your email application, create a new email message and type the email address of the relay machine and
fax number of the first fax machine in the "TO" box.
The following is an example of how to enter the email address and fax number:
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
email address
Fax Phone Number
The word "fax#" must be
included with the phone
number inside the parenthesis.
For Microsoft Outlook, the address information must be entered into the address book as follows:
Name: fax#123456789
Email address: UKFAX@brother.co.uk
2. Type the email address of the relay machine and fax number of the second fax machine in the "TO" box.
3. Send the email.
Related Information
• Relay Broadcast
347
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
• Verification Mail for sending allows you to request notification from the receiving station where your I-Fax or
email was received and processed.
• Verification Mail for receiving allows you to transmit a default report back to the sending station after
successfully receiving and processing an I-Fax or email.
To use this feature, set the [Notification] options in the [Setup Mail RX] and [Setup Mail TX]
options of your machine's control panel menu.
Related Information
• I-Fax Options
• Enable Send Notifications for TX Verification Mail
• Enable Receive Notification for TX Verification Mail
• I-Fax Error Mail
348
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail > Enable Send Notifications for TX Verification Mail
Enable Send Notifications for TX Verification Mail
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Setup Mail TX] >
[Notification].
2. Select [On] or [Off] to enable or disable the Send Notification feature.
When Send Notification is On, the fax includes an additional field, named Message Disposition Notification
(MDN), that contains message delivery information.
Your fax recipient's machine must support the MDN field in order to send a notification report.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
349
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail > Enable Receive Notification for TX Verification Mail
Enable Receive Notification for TX Verification Mail
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Setup Mail RX] >
[Notification].
2. Press one of the three possible settings:
Option Description
Receive
Notification On
When Receive Notification is On, a template is sent back to the sender to indicate
successful reception and processing of the message.
These templates depend on the operation requested by the sender.
Example:
SUCCESS : Received From <Mail Address>
Receive
Notification MDN
When Receive Notification is MDN, a report to indicate successful reception and
processing is sent back to the sender if the originating station sent a request
confirmation to the MDN (Message Disposition Notification) field.
Receive
Notification Off
When Receive Notification is Off, all forms of receive notification are disabled and no
message is sent back to the sender regardless of the request.
• To send TX verification mail, the Sender must configure these settings:
- Switch [Notification] in [Setup Mail TX] to [On].
- Switch [Header] in [Setup Mail RX] to [All] or [Subject+From+To].
• To receive TX verification mail, the Receiver must configure these settings:
- Switch [Notification] in [Setup Mail RX] to [On].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
350
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail > I-Fax Error Mail
I-Fax Error Mail
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
If there is a delivery error while sending an I-Fax, the mail server will send an error message back to the Brother
machine and the error message will be printed.
If there is an error while receiving an I-Fax, an error message will be printed, for example, "The message being
sent to the machine was not in a TIFF format."
To receive the error mail and have it print on your machine, in [Setup Mail RX], switch the [Header] option
to [All] or to [Subject+From+To].
Related Information
• Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
351
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Use the Send Fax to Server Feature
Use the Send Fax to Server Feature
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
The Fax to Server feature allows the machine to scan a document and send it over the network to a separate fax
server. The document will then be sent from the server as fax data to the destination fax number over standard
phone lines. When the Fax to Server feature is set to On, all automatic fax transmissions from the machine will
be sent to the fax server for fax transmission.
You can send a fax directly from the machine using the manual fax feature when the Send to Server feature is
on.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
• Before Sending a Fax to the Fax Server
• Enable Fax to Server
• Operate Fax to Server
352
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Use the Send Fax to Server Feature > Before Sending a
Fax to the Fax Server
Before Sending a Fax to the Fax Server
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
To send a document to the fax server, the correct syntax for that server must be used. The destination fax
number must be sent with a prefix and a suffix that match the parameters used by the fax server. In most cases,
the syntax for the prefix is “fax=” and the syntax for the suffix would be the domain name of the fax server email
gateway. The suffix must also include the “@” symbol at the beginning of the suffix. The prefix and the suffix
information must be stored in the machine before you can use the Fax to server function. Destination fax
numbers can be saved in the address book or entered using the dial pad (up to 40-digit numbers). For example:
if you wanted to send a document to a destination fax number of 123-555-0001, use the following syntax:
Your fax server application must support an email gateway.
Related Information
• Use the Send Fax to Server Feature
353
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Use the Send Fax to Server Feature > Enable Fax to
Server
Enable Fax to Server
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
Store the prefix/suffix address for the fax server in your Brother machine.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Fax to Server].
2. Press [Fax to Server], and then press[On].
3. Press [Prefix].
4. Enter the prefix using the keyboard on the LCD, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Suffix].
6. Enter the suffix using the keyboard on the LCD, and then press [OK].
7. Press
.
Related Information
• Use the Send Fax to Server Feature
354
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Use the Send Fax to Server Feature > Operate Fax to
Server
Operate Fax to Server
Related Models: MFC-L2759DW
1. Place the document in the ADF or on the scanner glass.
2. Enter the fax number.
3. Press [Fax Start].
The machine will send the message over a TCP/IP network to the fax server.
Related Information
• Use the Send Fax to Server Feature
355
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report shows your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code on
the printed report.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK.
4. Press Start.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report].
2. Press [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Related Topics:
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
356
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN Report Error
Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see
the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code
Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-01 The wireless setting is not activated, change the wireless setting to ON.
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of
your machine to ON.
TS-02 The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
1. Check the following two points:
• Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug
it back in.
• If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC
address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/
encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect.
Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as
necessary.
This device does not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/
ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
TS-04
The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are
not supported by your machine.
Change the authentication and encryption method of the wireless access point/router. Your
machine supports the following authentication methods:
• WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES
• WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES
• Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
• Shared key
WEP
If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect.
Confirm the wireless network settings.
TS-05
The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the SSID and Network Key.
TS-06 The wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network Key) is
incorrect.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
TS-07 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access
point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try
starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the
documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your
WLAN access point/router or ask your network administrator.
357
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-08 Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
• Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active
and try again.
• Try starting again after few minutes in order to avoid effects from other access points.
Related Information
• Print the WLAN Report
Related Topics:
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
358
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is used to synchronize the time used by the machine for
authentication with the SNTP time server. (This is not the time displayed on the machine's LCD.) You can
automatically or manually synchronize the machine's time with the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) provided
by the SNTP time server.
• Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
• Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
359
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management > Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Configure date and time to synchronize the time used by the machine with the SNTP time server.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click Date&Time in the left navigation bar.
Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list. For
example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
6. Verify the Time Zone settings.
7. Select the Synchronize with SNTP server check box.
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
360
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management > Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Configure the SNTP protocol to synchronize the time the machine uses for authentication with the time kept by
the SNTP time server.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the SNTP check box to activate the settings.
7. Click Submit.
8. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
9. Next to the SNTP check box, click Advanced Settings and follow the instructions below:
Option Description
Status Displays whether the SNTP protocol is enabled or disabled.
Synchronization Status Confirm the latest synchronization status.
SNTP Server Method Select AUTO or STATIC.
• AUTO
If you have a DHCP server in your network, the SNTP server will obtain
the address from that server automatically.
• STATIC
361
Option Description
Type the address you want to use.
Primary SNTP Server
Address
Secondary SNTP Server
Address
Type the server address (up to 64 characters).
The secondary SNTP server address is used as a backup to the primary
SNTP server address. If the primary server is unavailable, the machine will
contact the secondary SNTP server.
Primary SNTP Server Port
Secondary SNTP Server
Port
Type the port number (1-65535).
The secondary SNTP server port is used as a backup to the primary SNTP
server port. If the primary port is unavailable, the machine will contact the
secondary SNTP port.
Synchronization Interval Type the number of hours between server synchronization attempts (1-168
hours).
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
362
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Reset the Network Settings to the Factory
Settings
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the machine's network settings to its default factory settings.
This resets all information, such as the password and IP address.
• This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory
settings.
• You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using BRAdmin Light, BRAdmin Professional,
or Web Based Management.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Network Reset] option, and then press OK.
4. Follow the machine's instruction to reset the network settings.
The machine will restart.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset].
2. [Machine will reboot after resetting. Press [OK] for 2 seconds to confirm.] will be
displayed. Press [OK] for two seconds to confirm.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
• Technical Information for Advanced Users
364
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings
Lock the Machine Settings
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password,
you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother Customer
Service.
• Setting Lock Overview
366
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview
Setting Lock Overview
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the Setting Lock feature to block unauthorized access to machine settings.
When Setting Lock is set to On, you cannot access the machine settings without entering the password.
• Set the Setting Lock Password
• Change the Setting Lock Password
• Turn On Setting Lock
367
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Set the Setting Lock Password
Set the Setting Lock Password
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Security] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter a four-digit number for the password.
6. Press OK.
7. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password.
8. Press OK.
9. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock].
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password.
3. Press [OK].
4. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Setting Lock Overview
368
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Change the Setting Lock
Password
Change the Setting Lock Password
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Security] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Set Password] option, and then press OK.
6. Enter the current four-digit password.
7. Press OK.
8. Enter a new four-digit password.
9. Press OK.
10. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password.
11. Press OK.
12. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Set
Password].
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
3. Press [OK].
4. Enter a new four-digit password.
5. Press [OK].
6. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password.
7. Press [OK].
8. Press
.
Related Information
• Setting Lock Overview
369
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Turn On Setting Lock
Turn On Setting Lock
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Security] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK.
5. Press OK when the LCD displays [On].
6. Enter the current four-digit password.
7. Press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
To turn off Setting Lock, current four-digit password, and then press OK.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Lock
Off⇒On].
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
3. Press [OK].
To turn off Setting Lock, press on the LCD, enter the current four-digit password, and then press [OK].
Related Information
• Setting Lock Overview
370
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your Brother machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today.
These network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and
prevent unauthorized access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the FTP server and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these
protocols is not secure. However, note that if you disable FTP server, the Scan to FTP feature will be
disabled.
Related Information
• Network Security Features
372
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Brother's Secure Function Lock 3.0 increases security by restricting the functions available on your Brother
machine.
• Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
• Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
373
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Before Using Secure Function
Lock 3.0
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use Secure Function Lock to configure passwords, set specific user page limits, and grant access to some or all
of the functions listed here.
You can configure and change the following Secure Function Lock 3.0 settings using Web Based Management
or BRAdmin Professional (Windows):
• Print
Print includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Brother iPrint&Scan, and Brother Mobile Connect.
If you register users' login names in advance, the users do not need to enter their passwords when they use
the print function.
• Copy
• Scan
Scan includes scan jobs sent via Brother iPrint&Scan and Brother Mobile Connect.
• Send (supported models only)
• Receive (supported models only)
• Web Connect (supported models only)
• Apps (supported models only)
• Page Limits
• Page Counters
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
374
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Secure Function
Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu in the left navigation bar.
9. In the User List / Restricted Functions field, type a group name or user name.
10. In the Print and the other columns, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function
listed.
11. To configure the maximum page count, select the On check box in the Page Limits column, and then type
the maximum number in the Max. Pages field.
12. Click Submit.
13. Click the User List menu in the left navigation bar.
14. In the User List field, type the user name.
15. In the PIN Number field, type a four-digit password.
16. Select User List / Restricted Functions from the drop-down list for each user.
17. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
375
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Scan Using Secure Function
Lock 3.0
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Setting Scan restrictions (for administrators)
Secure Function Lock 3.0 allows an administrator to restrict which users are allowed to scan. When the Scan
feature is set to Off for the public user setting, only users who have the Scan check box selected will be able to
scan.
Using the Scan feature (for restricted users)
• To scan using the machine's control panel:
Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel to access Scan mode.
• To scan from a computer:
Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel before scanning from their computers.
If the PIN is not entered on the machine's control panel, an error message will appear on the user's computer.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
376
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Public Mode for
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use the Secure Function Lock screen to set up Public Mode, which limits the functions available to public users.
Public users will not need to enter a password to access the features made available through Public Mode
settings.
Public Mode includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Brother iPrint&Scan, and Brother Mobile Connect.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu.
9. In the Public Mode row, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function listed.
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
377
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Additional Secure Function
Lock 3.0 Features
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Configure the following features in the Secure Function Lock screen:
All Counter Reset
Click All Counter Reset, in the Page Counters column, to reset the page counter.
Export to CSV file
Click Export to CSV file, to export the current page counter including User List / Restricted Functions
information as a CSV file.
Last Counter Record
Click Last Counter Record if you want the machine to retain the page count after the counter has been reset.
Counter Auto Reset
Click Counter Auto Reset to configure the time interval you want between page counter reset. Choose a
daily, weekly, or monthly interval.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
378
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
• Certificates and Web Based Management
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
• Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
379
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) is an effective method of protecting data sent over
a local or wide area network (LAN or WAN). It works by encrypting data, such as a print job, sent over a network,
so anyone trying to capture it will not be able to read it.
SSL/TLS can be configured on both wired and wireless networks and will work with other forms of security such
as WPA keys and firewalls.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Brief History of SSL/TLS
• Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
380
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Brief History of SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS was originally created to secure web traffic information, particularly data sent between web browsers
and servers. For example, when you use Internet Explorer for Internet Banking and you see https:// and the little
padlock icon in the web browser, you are using SSL. SSL grew to work with additional applications, such as
Telnet, printer, and FTP software, in order to become a universal solution for online security. Its original design
intentions are still being used today by many online retailers and banks to secure sensitive data, such as credit
card numbers, customer records, etc.
SSL/TLS uses extremely high levels of encryption and is trusted by banks all over the world.
Related Information
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
381
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
The primary benefit of using SSL/TLS on Brother machines is to guarantee secure printing over an IP network by
restricting unauthorized users from reading data sent to the machine. SSL's key selling point is that it can be
used to print confidential data securely. For example, an HR department in a large company may be printing
wage slips on a regular basis. Without encryption, the data contained on these wages slips can be read by other
network users. However, with SSL/TLS, anyone trying to capture the data will see a confusing page of code and
not the actual wage slip.
Related Information
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
382
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management
Certificates and Web Based Management
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked Brother machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must
use Web Based Management to configure a certificate.
• Supported Security Certificate Features
• Create and Install a Certificate
• Manage Multiple Certificates
383
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your Brother machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure management,
authentication, and communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with
the machine:
• SSL/TLS communication
• SSL communication for SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 (only available for certain models)
The Brother machine supports the following:
• Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate cannot protect your communication from being compromised. We
recommend using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organization for better security.
• Self-signed certificate
This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
• Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if
you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA:
- When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server.
- When importing a certificate and a private key.
• Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate
To use a CA certificate that identifies the CA and owns its private key, you must import that CA certificate
from the CA before configuring the security features of the Network.
• If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator
first.
• When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key
that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after
resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
• Certificates and Web Based Management
384
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate
Create and Install a Certificate
• Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
• Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
• Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
385
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Step by Step Guide for
Creating and Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA).
These are a brief summary of the actions required, based on the option you choose.
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management.
2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management.
2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management.
3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Certificate
386
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
• Create a Self-signed Certificate
• Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
• Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
387
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Create a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate.
8. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date.
• The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node
name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node
name is displayed by default.
• A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than
the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
12. Click Network.
13. Click Protocol.
14. Click HTTP Server Settings.
15. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list.
16. Click Submit.
The following screen appears.
388
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator
Rights
The following steps are for Microsoft Internet Explorer. If you use another web browser, consult the
documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008)
Click
(Start) > All Programs.
• (Windows 8 )
Right-click the
(Internet Explorer) icon on the taskbar.
• (Windows 10, Windows Server 2016 and Windows Server 2019)
Click > Windows Accessories.
• (Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2)
Click
(Internet Explorer), and then right-click the (Internet Explorer) icon that appears on the
taskbar.
2. Right-click Internet Explorer, and then click Run as administrator.
If the More option appears, click More.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where "machine's
IP address" is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
390
4. Click Continue to this website (not recommended).
5. Click Certificate error, and then click View certificates.
6. Click Install Certificate....
391
7. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next.
8. Select Place all certificates in the following store, and then click Browse....
9. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities, and then click OK.
10. Click Next.
392
11. Click Finish.
12. Click Yes, if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct.
The fingerprint (thumbprint) is printed on the Network Configuration Report.
13. Click OK.
The self-signed certificate is now installed on your computer, and SSL/TLS communication is available.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
393
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
You can store the self-signed certificates on your Brother machine and manage them by importing and exporting.
• Import the Self-signed Certificate
• Export the Self-signed Certificate
394
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Import the Self-
signed Certificate
Import the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The self-signed certificate is imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must also be installed on your computer. Contact your
network administrator.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
395
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Export the Self-
signed Certificate
Export the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. If you want to encrypt the file, type a password in the Enter password field.
If the Enter password field is blank, your output file will not be encrypted.
9. Type the password again in the Retype password field, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The self-signed certificate is exported to your computer.
You can also import the self-signed certificate to your computer.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
396
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
If you already have a certificate from an external trusted CA, you can store the certificate and private key on the
machine and manage them by importing and exporting. If you do not have a certificate from an external trusted
CA, create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), send it to a CA for authentication, and install the returned
certificate on your machine.
• Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
• Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
397
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the
credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Create CSR.
8. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
• Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside
world.
• The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP
address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS
communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
• A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for
the certificate.
• The length of the Organization, the Organization Unit, the City/Locality and the State/Province must
be less than 64 bytes.
• The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code.
• If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check
box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form
offered by a Certificate Authority.
398
12. Click Save.
• Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA.
• If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server 2008/2012/2012 R2/2016/2019, we
recommend using the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate.
For more detailed information, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the Brother
support website at
support.brother.com. Search for "SSL".
Related Information
• Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
399
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create
another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only
after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Install Certificate.
8. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit.
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact
your network administrator.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
400
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
• Import a Certificate and Private Key
• Export the Certificate and Private Key
401
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Import a
Certificate and Private Key
Import a Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The certificate and private key are imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must also be installed on your computer.
Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
402
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Export the
Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. Enter the password if you want to encrypt the file.
If a blank password is used, the output is not encrypted.
9. Enter the password again for confirmation, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The certificate and private key are exported to your computer.
You can also import the certificate to your computer.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
403
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate
Import and Export a CA Certificate
You can import, export and store CA certificates on your Brother machine.
• Import a CA Certificate
• Export a CA Certificate
404
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate > Import a CA Certificate
Import a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Click Import CA Certificate.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
405
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate > Export a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Select the certificate you want to export and click Export.
8. Click Submit.
9. Click Save.
10. Specify where on your computer you want to save the exported certificate, and save it.
Related Information
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
406
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates
The multiple certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed
on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate or CA Certificate screen to view
certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.
Maximum Number of Certificates Stored UP on Brother Machine
Self-signed Certificate or
Certificate Issued by a CA
5
CA Certificate 5
You can store up to 5 Certificate Authority (CA) certificates using SMTP over SSL and/or POP3/IMAP4 over SSL
(only available for certain models).
We recommend storing one less certificate than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration.
When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate.
This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.
• When you use SSL for SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 communications (only available for certain models), you do
not have to choose the certificate. The necessary certificate will be chosen automatically.
Related Information
• Certificates and Web Based Management
407
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
To manage your network machine securely, you must use management utilities with security protocols.
We recommend using the HTTPS protocol for secure management. To use this protocol, HTTPS must be
enabled on your machine.
• The HTTPS protocol is enabled by default.
• You can change the HTTPS protocol settings using the Web Based Management screen.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://Common Name" in your browser's address bar (where "Common Name" is the Common Name
that you assigned to the certificate; this could be your IP address, node name, or domain name).
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. You can now access the machine using HTTPS.
• If you use the SNMPv3 protocol, follow the steps below.
• You can also change the SNMP settings by using BRAdmin Professional.
5. Click the Network tab.
6. Click Protocol.
7. Make sure the SNMP setting is enabled, and then click Advanced Settings.
8. Configure the SNMP settings.
There are three options for SNMP Mode of Operation.
• SNMP v1/v2c read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol. You can use all
Brother applications in this mode. However, it is not secure since it will not authenticate the user, and data
will not be encrypted.
• SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access
408
In this mode, the print server uses the read-write access of version 3 and the read-only access of version
1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access mode, some Brother
applications (such as BRAdmin Light) that access the print server do not work correctly since they authorize
the read-only access of version 1 and version 2c. If you want to use all applications, we recommend using
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
• SNMPv3 read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 3 of the SNMP protocol. If you want to manage the print server
securely, use this mode.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access mode, note the following:
- You can use only BRAdmin Professional or Web Based Management to manage the print server.
- Except for BRAdmin Professional, all applications that use SNMPv1/v2c will be restricted. To allow the
use of SNMPv1/v2c applications, use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access or
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
409
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional
(Windows)
To use BRAdmin Professional utility, you must:
• Use the latest version of BRAdmin Professional. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
• Use Web Based Management with the HTTPS protocol if you use BRAdmin Professional and Web Based
Management together.
• Use a different password in each group if you are managing a mixed group of older and newer print servers
with BRAdmin Professional. This will ensure security is maintained on the newer print servers.
• "Older versions of BRAdmin" refer to BRAdmin Professional older than Ver. 2.80 and BRAdmin Light for
Mac older than Ver.1.10.
• "Older print servers" refer to NC-2000 series, NC-2100p, NC-3100h, NC-3100s, NC-4100h, NC-5100h,
NC-5200h, NC-6100h, NC-6200h, NC-6300h, NC-6400h, NC-8000, NC-100h, NC-110h, NC-120w,
NC-130h, NC-140w, NC-8100h, NC-9100h, NC-7100w, NC-7200w and NC-2200w.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
410
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
To print documents securely with IPP protocol, use the IPPS protocol.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click Protocol. Make sure the IPP check box is selected.
If the IPP check box is not selected, select the IPP check box, and then click Submit.
Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
After the machine restarts, return to the machine's web page, click the Network tab, and then click
Protocol.
6. Click HTTP Server Settings.
7. Select the HTTPS(Port 443) check box in the IPP, and then click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Communication using IPPS cannot prevent unauthorized access to the print server.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
411
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send or Receive an Email Securely > Configure Email
Sending or Receiving Using Web Based Management
Configure Email Sending or Receiving Using Web Based Management
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure secured email sending with user authentication,
or email sending and receiving using SSL/TLS.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP field, click Advanced Settings and make sure the status of POP3/IMAP4/SMTP
is Enabled.
7. Configure the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP settings.
• Confirm that the email settings are correct after configuration by sending a test email.
• If you do not know the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet
Service Provider (ISP).
8. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send/Receive E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
9. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
• Send or Receive an Email Securely
413
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send or Receive an Email Securely > Send an Email with
User Authentication
Send an Email with User Authentication
Your Brother machine supports the SMTP-AUTH method to send email via an email server that requires user
authentication. This method prevents unauthorized users from accessing the email server.
You can use SMTP-AUTH for email notification, email reports and I-Fax.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the SMTP authentication.
Email Server Settings
You must configure your machine's SMTP authentication method to match the method used by your email server.
For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider
(ISP).
To enable SMTP server authentication: in the Web Based Management POP3/IMAP4/SMTP screen, under
Server Authentication Method, you must select SMTP-AUTH.
Related Information
• Send or Receive an Email Securely
414
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send or Receive an Email Securely > Send or Receive an
Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Send or Receive an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Your machine supports SSL/TLS communication methods. To use an email server that is using SSL/TLS
communication, you must configure the following settings.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure SSL/TLS.
Verify Server Certificate
Under SSL/TLS, if you choose SSL or TLS, the Verify Server Certificate check box will be selected
automatically.
• Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed
the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to
confirm if importing a CA certificate is necessary.
• If you do not need to verify the server certificate, clear the Verify Server Certificate check box.
Port Number
If you select SSL, or TLS, the Port value will be changed to match the protocol. To change the port number
manually, type the port number after you select SSL/TLS settings.
You must configure your machine's communication method to match the method used by your email server. For
details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or your ISP.
In most cases, the secured webmail services require the following settings:
SMTP
Port 25
Server Authentication Method SMTP-AUTH
SSL/TLS TLS
POP3 Port 995
SSL/TLS SSL
IMAP4 Port 993
SSL/TLS SSL
Related Information
• Send or Receive an Email Securely
415
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
• Brother Web Connect Overview
• Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
• Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
417
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the websites. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download and print images that
are already uploaded to these services.
1. Printing
2. Scanning
3. Photos, images, documents and other files
4. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you
are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet
connection, and the Internet.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
418
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use Brother Web Connect to access services from your Brother machine:
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not
already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother Creative Center.
Google Drive
™
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronization service.
URL:
drive.google.com
Evernote
®
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronization service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive
An online file storage, sharing and managing service.
URL:
onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL:
www.onenote.com
Brother Creative Center
A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on
your Brother machine (available only for certain countries).
www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Accessible
Services
Google Drive
™
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote
Evernote
®
Brother Creative Center
Download and
print images
JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
2
PPTX
(Print only)
419
Accessible
Services
Google Drive
™
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote
Evernote
®
Brother Creative Center
Upload
scanned
images
JPEG
PDF
2
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
XPS
JPEG
PDF
2
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
XPS
-
1
DOC/XLS/PPT formats are also available for downloading and printing images.
2
For upload scanned images, PDF includes Searchable PDF, Signed PDF, Secure PDF and PDF/A.
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
420
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
• Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
• Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
• Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
421
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the
Brother machine's software installed.
For Windows:
To install the Brother software and connect your machine to a wireless or wired network, see the Quick Setup
Guide.
For Mac:
To install Full Driver & Software Package, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions
Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
422
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's
Control Panel
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy
Settings] > [Proxy Connection] > [On].
2. Press the proxy server information, and then enter the option that you want to set.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
423
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web
Based Management:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Edge for Windows and Safari 9/10 for Mac. Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit.
7. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings.
8. Enter the proxy server information.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
424
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
• Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
• Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
• Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
• Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
• Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
425
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter,
this procedure is not necessary):
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there
is no need to create an additional account.)
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to
use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it
to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1. Enter temporary ID
426
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If
you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect
access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services
as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
428
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access
using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows 7 Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities, and then click the drop-
down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left
navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.
Windows 8
Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Windows 8.1 Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using
a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps
screen).
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name
(if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother
Web Connect.
Mac Click Go in the Finder bar, Applications > Brother > Utilities > Brother Web Connect.
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
The first time you launch Brother Web Connect, you must select your country, language, and model name,
and then click Next to move to the next step, selecting the service you want.
429
2. Select the service you want to use.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
430
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID
is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use
your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
431
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
• You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
• Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Press d or c to display the [Web] option.
2. Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. If the information regarding license agreement appears, make your selection and follow the on-screen
instructions.
4. Press a or b to display the service with which you want to register.
5. Press the service name.
6. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
7. Press [Register/Delete Account].
8. Press [Register Account].
The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
9. Press [OK].
10. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD.
11. Press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
12. Press [OK].
13. Enter the name using the LCD.
14. Press [OK].
15. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number, and then press [OK].
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
16. When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
17. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
18. Press [OK].
19. Press .
432
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother
Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to
create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter.
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
434
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, black and white scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading Searchable PDF or Microsoft Office files, black and white and gray
scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot upload the scanned data.
1. Load your document.
2. Press d or c to display the [Web] option.
3. Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload. Press the service
name.
5. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
435
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your
machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest
users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view
documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
If you are a restricted user for Web Connect due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot download the data.
The Secure Function Lock Page Limit feature applies to the print job using Web Connect.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Using Web Services
• Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
436
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see Related Information.
1. Press d or c to display the [Web] option.
2. Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and print. Press the service
name.
4. To log on to the service, press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen
appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
• Depending on the service, you may have to select the account name from a list.
5. Press [Download to Print].
6. Press a or b to display the folder you want, and then press it. Some services do not require documents to be
saved in folders. For documents not saved in folders, select [Show Unsorted Files] to select
documents.
7. Press the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and then press
[OK]. Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
8. When finished, press [OK].
9. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
437
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
1. Press a or b to display [Outline&Scan].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
2. Press [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
3. Press a or b to display the category you want, and then press it.
4. Select the category you want again.
5. Select the file you want. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step
until you have chosen all the files that you want to print.
6. After you have selected all of the files you want to print, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the
information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Download and Print Using Web Services
438
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you
to wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your
iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a
driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without
printing them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer.
(MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been
designed to work specifically with the technology identified in the badge
and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards.
Related Information
• AirPrint
Related Topics:
• AirPrint Problems
440
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint > Network Settings for Using AirPrint
Network Settings for Using AirPrint
In order to use AirPrint, your mobile device must connect to the wireless network to which your Brother machine
is connected. AirPrint supports wireless connections that use infrastructure mode or Wi-Fi Direct
®
.
To configure your mobile device for a wireless network, refer to your mobile device’s user’s guide. A link to your
mobile device’s user’s guide on Apple’s website can be found by tapping in Safari.
To configure your Brother machine for a wireless network, see the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this
guide. If your Brother machine supports a wired network, you can use a network cable to connect to the wireless
access point/router.
If your Brother machine supports Wi-Fi Direct and you want to configure your Brother machine for a Wi-Fi Direct
network, see related topics in this Online Guide.
Related Information
• Before Using AirPrint
442
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint > Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web Based Management (Web
Browser)
Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. To disable AirPrint, clear the AirPrint check box. To enable AirPrint, select the AirPrint check box.
By default, AirPrint is enabled.
7. Click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Related Information
• Before Using AirPrint
443
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap
or .
4. Tap Print.
5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
9. Tap Print.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
445
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner…. The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
446
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing,
make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
6. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
447
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint > Before Scanning Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Scanning Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning using macOS, add your Brother machine to the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Scanners pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner….
The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
• Scan Using AirPrint
449
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your Brother machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
3. Click Printers & Scanners.
4. Select your Brother machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner… button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of
your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when
scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click Scan.
Related Information
• Scan Using AirPrint
450
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models) > Before Sending a
Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Sending a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Before sending a fax, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Mac computer. Make sure your
Brother machine is connected to the telephone line and works correctly.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner…. The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
• Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models)
452
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models) > Send a Fax Using
AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the
example below.
• AirPrint supports only black and white fax documents.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother MFC-XXXX - Fax (where XXXX is your model
name).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click Fax.
Related Information
• Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models)
453
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows
Mobile Printing for Windows
Mobile printing for Windows is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows mobile device. You can connect
to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer driver on
the device. Many Windows apps support this function.
1
2
3
1. Windows mobile device (Windows 10 Mobile or later)
2. Wi-Fi
®
connection
3. Your Brother machine
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
454
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service is a print feature on Android
™
mobile devices (Android
™
version 4.4 or later) developed by the Mopria
®
Alliance. With this service, you can
connect to the same network as your machine and print without additional setup.
Many native Android
™
apps support printing.
1
2
3
1. Android
™
4.4 or later
2. Wi-Fi
®
Connection
3. Your Brother Machine
You must download the Mopria
®
Print Service from the Google Play
™
Store and install it on your Android
™
device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
455
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices.
• For Android
™
Devices:
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android
™
device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play
™
Store app.
• For all iOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad and iPod touch:
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your iOS device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
For more detailed information, visit
support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
456
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Mobile Connect
Brother Mobile Connect
Use Brother Mobile Connect to print and scan from your mobile device.
• For Android
™
devices:
Brother Mobile Connect allows you to use your Brother machine's features directly from your Android
™
device.
Download and install Brother Mobile Connect from Google Play
™
.
• For all iOS or iPadOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch:
Brother Mobile Connect allows you to use your Brother machine's features directly from your iOS or iPadOS
device.
Download and install Brother Mobile Connect from the App Store.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
457
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange, and wireless connections
between two devices that are in close range of each other.
If your Android
™
device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email
messages) from the device or scan photos and documents to the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the
machine's control panel.
(Available only for certain models) You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan on your Android
™
device
to use this feature. For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
458
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows)
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
460
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
ControlCenter4 has two operation modes: Home Mode and Advanced Mode. You can change modes at any
time.
Home Mode
Advanced Mode
• Home Mode
ControlCenter4 Home Mode lets you access your machine's main features easily.
• Advanced Mode
461
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and
allows you to customize one-button scan actions.
To change operation mode:
1. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then select Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Mode Select.
3. The mode selection dialog box appears. Select either the Home Mode or Advanced Mode option.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
• ControlCenter4 (Windows)
462
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
463
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customize one-button scan actions.
• Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
464
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
465
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the installation
disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
• ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Windows)
466
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
You can create up to three customized tabs, each including up to five customized buttons, with your preferred
settings.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Create custom tab.
A custom tab is created.
3. To change the name of a custom tab, right-click the custom tab, and then select Rename custom tab.
4. Click the Configuration button, select Create custom button, and then select the button you want to create.
The settings dialog box appears.
5. Type the button name, and then change the settings, if needed. Click OK.
The setting options vary depending on the button you select.
You can change or remove the created tab, button, or settings. Click the Configuration button, and then
follow the menu.
467
Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac > Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Use Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac to print and scan from your computer.
The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows. The actual screen may differ
depending on the version of the application.
• For Windows
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download the
latest application.
• For Mac
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
Related Information
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
470
Home > Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Use this section to resolve typical problems you may encounter when using your Brother machine. You can
correct most problems yourself.
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made from within
that country.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
(MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
To prevent you from losing the received fax data in the machine's memory, transfer the data to another Fax
machine or to your computer before turning off the machine.
If you need additional help, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
First, check the following:
• The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on. See the Quick Setup Guide.
• All of the protective materials have been removed. See the Quick Setup Guide.
• Paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
• The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer.
• Error and maintenance messages
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
• Document Jams
• Paper Jams
• Printing Problems
• Improve the Print Quality
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Network Problems
• AirPrint Problems
• Other Problems
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
• Machine Information
471
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this
happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance by yourself. If you need more tips: Visit us at
support.brother.com, and click FAQs & Troubleshooting.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Error Message
Cause Action
2-sided Disabled
The back cover of the machine is not
closed completely.
Close the back cover of the machine
until it locks in the closed position.
The 2-sided tray is not installed
completely.
Install the 2-sided tray firmly in the
machine.
Cartridge Error Put the
Black (BK) Toner Cartridge
back in.
Put the Toner Cartridge back
in.
The toner cartridge is not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum unit and toner
cartridge assembly, take out the toner
cartridge, and put it back in the drum
unit again. Put the drum unit and
toner cartridge assembly back in the
machine.
If the problem continues, contact
Brother Customer Service or your
local Brother dealer.
Comm.Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If
the problem continues, contact the
telephone company and ask them to
check your telephone line.
Cover is Open.
The front cover is not completely
closed.
Open and then firmly close the front
cover of the machine.
The fuser cover is not completely
closed or paper was jammed in the
back of the machine when you turned
on the power.
Close the fuser cover located inside
the back cover of the machine.
The ADF cover is not completely
closed.
Close the ADF cover.
If the error message remains, press
Stop/Exit.
Disconnected
The other person or other person's
fax machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and
you are using a VoIP (Voice over IP)
system, try changing the Compatibility
to Basic (for VoIP).
Document Jam
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned
from the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed paper from the
ADF unit.
Clear any debris or scraps of paper
from the ADF unit paper path.
Press Stop/Exit.
DR Mode in Use
The machine is set to Distinctive Ring
mode. You cannot change the
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
472
Error Message Cause Action
Receive Mode from Manual to
another mode.
Drum !
The corona wire on the drum unit
must be cleaned.
Clean the corona wire on the drum
unit.
The drum unit or the toner cartridge
and drum unit assembly is not
installed correctly.
Put the toner cartridge in the drum
unit. Then reinstall the toner cartridge
and drum unit assembly in the
machine.
Drum End Soon
The drum unit is near the end of its
life.
Order a new drum unit before you get
the Replace Drum message.
Jam 2-sided
The paper is jammed in the 2-sided
paper tray.
Pull the paper tray and the 2-sided
tray out completely, open the back
cover and then remove all jammed
paper. Close the back cover, and put
the paper tray and the 2-sided tray
firmly back in the machine.
Jam Inside
The paper is jammed inside the
machine.
Open the front cover and remove the
toner cartridge and drum unit
assembly. Pull out all jammed paper.
Close the front cover. If the error
message remains, press Start.
Jam Rear
The paper is jammed in the back of
the machine.
Open the fuser cover and remove all
jammed paper. Close the fuser cover.
If the error message remains, press
Start.
Jam Tray
The paper is jammed in the indicated
paper tray.
Pull the paper tray out completely and
remove all jammed paper. Put the
paper tray firmly back in the machine.
Manual Feed
Manual was selected as the paper
source in the printer driver, but there
is no paper in the manual feed slot.
Place paper in the manual feed slot.
No Caller ID
There is no incoming call history. You
did not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service
from your telephone company.
If you want to use the Caller ID
feature, call your telephone company.
No Paper
The machine is out of paper, or paper
is not loaded correctly in the paper
tray.
• Refill paper in the paper tray.
Make sure the paper guides are
set to the correct size.
• If paper is in the tray, remove it
and load it again. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct
size.
• Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Response/Busy
The number you dialed does not
answer or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
No Toner
The toner cartridge or the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly is
not installed correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge and drum
unit assembly. Remove the toner
cartridge from the drum unit, and
reinstall the toner cartridge back in
473
Error Message Cause Action
the drum unit. Reinstall the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly
back in the machine. If the problem
continues, replace the toner cartridge
with a new one.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation
is in process
Do one of the following:
• Press Start to send or copy the
scanned pages.
• Press Stop/Exit and wait until the
other operations in progress finish,
and then try again.
• Print the faxes that are in the
memory.
• Clear the data in the memory. To
gain extra memory, you can turn
off Memory Receive.
If a print operation is in process
Do one of the following:
• Reduce the Resolution.
• Clear faxes from the memory.
Print Unable XX
The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• (MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
To prevent you from losing the
received fax data in the machine's
memory, transfer the data to
another Fax machine or to your
computer before turning off the
machine.
• Press and hold to turn off the
machine, wait a few minutes, and
then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother Customer Service.
Contact Brother Customer Service
at:
1-877-BROTHER
(1-877-276-8437) (in USA)
www.brother.ca/support (in
Canada)
or to locate a Brother Authorized
Service Center, visit:
www.brother-usa.com/service
Replace Drum
It is time to replace the drum unit.
The drum unit counter was not reset
when a new drum was installed.
Replace the drum unit.
Reset the drum unit counter.
Replace Toner
The toner cartridge is at the end of its
life. The machine stops all print
operations.
While memory is available, faxes are
stored in the memory.
Replace the toner cartridge with a
new one.
474
Error Message Cause Action
Scan Unable XX The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• (MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
To prevent you from losing the
received fax data in the machine's
memory, transfer the data to
another Fax machine or to your
computer before turning off the
machine.
• Press and hold to turn off the
machine, and then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother Customer Service.
Contact Brother Customer Service
at:
1-877-BROTHER
(1-877-276-8437) (in USA)
www.brother.ca/support (in
Canada)
or to locate a Brother Authorized
Service Center, visit:
http://www.brother-usa.com/
service
Self-Diagnostic
The temperature of the fuser unit
does not rise to a specified
temperature within the specified time.
• (MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
To prevent you from losing the
received fax data in the machine's
memory, transfer the data to
another Fax machine or to your
computer before turning off the
machine.
• Press and hold to turn off the
machine, wait a few seconds, and
then turn it on again. Leave the
machine idle for 15 minutes with
the power on.
The fuser unit is too hot.
Size Error DX
The paper size specified in the printer
driver and the machine's paper size
setting are not available for automatic
2-sided printing.
Press Stop/Exit. Choose a paper
size supported by 2-sided printing.
Paper sizes available for automatic 2-
sided printing are Letter, Legal and
Folio.
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size and is not available for
automatic 2-sided printing.
Load the correct size of paper in the
tray and set the tray for that paper
size.
Paper sizes available for automatic 2-
sided printing are Letter, Legal and
Folio.
Size Mismatch
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size.
Load the correct size of paper in the
tray and set the size of paper to the
tray.
Toner Ended
The toner cartridge is at the end of its
life. The machine stops all print
operations.
Replace the toner cartridge with a
new one.
475
Error Message Cause Action
Toner Low
If the LCD displays this message, you
can still print. The toner cartridge is
near the end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge now so a
replacement toner cartridge is
available when the LCD displays
Replace Toner.
Wait for a while
The temperature of the inside of the
machine is too hot. The machine will
pause its current print job and go into
cooling down mode. During the
cooling down mode, you will hear the
cooling fan running while the LCD
displays Wait for a while.
Wait until the machine has finished
cooling down. Make sure all vents on
the machine are clear of obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down,
the machine will resume printing.
If the fan is not spinning, disconnect
the machine from the power for
several minutes, then reconnect it.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Error Message
Cause Action
2-sided Disable
The back cover of the machine is not
closed completely.
Close the back cover of the machine
until it locks in the closed position.
The 2-sided tray is not installed
completely.
Install the 2-sided tray firmly in the
machine.
Access Denied
The function you want to use is
restricted by Secure Function Lock
3.0.
Call your administrator to check your
Secure Function Lock Settings.
Cartridge Error
Put the Toner Cartridge back
in.
The toner cartridge is not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum unit and toner
cartridge assembly, take out the toner
cartridge, and put it back in the drum
unit again. Put the drum unit and
toner cartridge assembly back in the
machine.
If the problem continues, contact
Brother Customer Service or your
local Brother dealer.
Comm.Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If
the problem continues, contact the
telephone company and ask them to
check your telephone line.
Cooling Down
The temperature of the inside of the
machine is too hot. The machine will
pause its current print job and go into
cooling down mode. During the
cooling down mode, you will hear the
cooling fan running while the LCD
displays Cooling Down.
Wait until the machine has finished
cooling down. Make sure all vents on
the machine are clear of obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down,
the machine will resume printing.
If the fan is not spinning, disconnect
the machine from the power for
several minutes, then reconnect it.
Cover is Open
The front cover is not completely
closed.
Open and then firmly close the front
cover of the machine.
The fuser cover is not completely
closed or paper was jammed in the
back of the machine when you turned
on the power.
Close the fuser cover located inside
the back cover of the machine.
The ADF cover is not completely
closed.
Close the ADF cover.
If the error message remains, press
.
476
Error Message Cause Action
Disconnected
The other person or other person's
fax machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and
you are using a VoIP (Voice over IP)
system, try changing the Compatibility
to Basic (for VoIP).
Document Jam
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned
from the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed paper from the
ADF unit.
Clear any debris or scraps of paper
from the ADF unit paper path.
Press .
DR Mode in Use
The machine is set to Distinctive Ring
mode. You cannot change the
Receive Mode from Manual to
another mode.
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
Drum !
The corona wire on the drum unit
must be cleaned.
Clean the corona wire on the drum
unit.
The drum unit or the toner cartridge
and drum unit assembly is not
installed correctly.
Put the toner cartridge in the drum
unit. Then reinstall the toner cartridge
and drum unit assembly in the
machine.
Drum End Soon
The drum unit is near the end of its
life.
Order a new drum unit before you get
the Replace Drum message.
Jam 2-sided
The paper is jammed in the 2-sided
paper tray.
Pull the paper tray and the 2-sided
tray out completely, open the back
cover and then remove all jammed
paper. Close the back cover, and put
the paper tray and the 2-sided tray
firmly back in the machine.
Jam Inside
The paper is jammed inside the
machine.
Open the front cover and remove the
toner cartridge and drum unit
assembly. Pull out the jammed paper.
Close the front cover.
Jam Rear
The paper is jammed in the back of
the machine.
Open the fuser cover and remove all
jammed paper. Close the fuser cover.
If the error message remains, press
Retry.
Jam Tray
The paper is jammed in the indicated
paper tray.
Pull the paper tray out completely and
remove all jammed paper. Put the
paper tray firmly back in the machine.
Limit Exceeded
The print limit set in Secure Function
Lock 3.0 was reached.
Call your administrator to check your
Secure Function Lock Settings.
Manual Feed
Manual was selected as the paper
source in the printer driver, but there
is no paper in the manual feed slot.
Place paper in the manual feed slot.
No Caller ID
There is no incoming call history. You
did not receive calls or you have not
If you want to use the Caller ID
feature, call your telephone company.
477
Error Message Cause Action
subscribed to the Caller ID service
from your telephone company.
No Paper
The machine is out of paper, or paper
is not loaded correctly in the paper
tray.
• Refill paper in the paper tray.
Make sure the paper guides are
set to the correct size.
• If paper is in the tray, remove it
and load it again. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct
size.
• Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Response/Busy
The number you dialed does not
answer or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
No Toner
The toner cartridge or the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly is
not installed correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge and drum
unit assembly. Remove the toner
cartridge from the drum unit, and
reinstall the toner cartridge back in
the drum unit. Reinstall the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly
back in the machine. If the problem
continues, replace the toner cartridge
with a new one.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation
is in process
Do one of the following:
• Press or Quit, and wait until
the other operations that are in
progress finish, and then try again.
• Press Send Now to send the
pages scanned so far.
• Clear the data in the memory. To
gain extra memory, you can turn
off Memory Receive.
• Print the faxes that are in the
memory.
If a print operation is in process
Do one of the following:
• Reduce the Resolution.
• Clear faxes from the memory.
Print Data Full
The machine’s memory is full.
Press and delete the previously
stored secure print data.
Print Unable XX The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• Press and hold to turn off the
machine, wait a few minutes, and
then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother Customer Service.
Contact Brother Customer Service
at:
1-877-BROTHER
(1-877-276-8437) (in USA)
www.brother.ca/support (in
Canada)
or to locate a Brother Authorized
Service Center, visit:
www.brother-usa.com/service
478
Error Message Cause Action
Replace Drum
It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit.
The drum unit counter was not reset
when a new drum was installed.
Reset the drum unit counter.
Replace Toner
The toner cartridge is at the end of its
life. The machine stops all print
operations.
While memory is available, faxes are
stored in the memory.
Replace the toner cartridge with a
new one.
Scan Unable
The document is too long for 2‑sided
scanning.
Press . Use an appropriate size
paper for 2‑sided scanning.
Scan Unable XX The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• Press and hold to turn off the
machine, and then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother Customer Service.
Contact Brother Customer Service
at:
1-877-BROTHER
(1-877-276-8437) (in USA)
www.brother.ca/support (in
Canada)
or to locate a Brother Authorized
Service Center, visit:
http://www.brother-usa.com/
service
Self-Diagnostic
The temperature of the fuser unit
does not rise to a specified
temperature within the specified time.
Press and hold to turn off the
machine, wait a few seconds, and
then turn it on again. Leave the
machine idle for 15 minutes with the
power on.
The fuser unit is too hot.
Size Error 2-sided
The paper size specified in the printer
driver and the machine's paper size
setting are not available for automatic
2-sided printing.
Press . Choose a paper size
supported by 2-sided printing.
Paper sizes available for automatic 2-
sided printing are Letter, Legal and
Folio.
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size and is not available for
automatic 2-sided printing.
Load the correct size of paper in the
tray and set the tray for that paper
size.
Paper sizes available for automatic 2-
sided printing are Letter, Legal and
Folio.
Size mismatch
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size.
Load the correct size of paper in the
tray and set the size of paper to the
tray.
Toner Ended
The toner cartridge is at the end of its
life.
Replace the toner cartridge with a
new one.
Toner Low
If the LCD displays this message, you
can still print. The toner cartridge is
near the end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge now so a
replacement toner cartridge is
available when the LCD displays
Replace Toner.
Touchscreen Initialisation
Failed
The touchscreen was pressed before
the power on initialization was
completed.
Make sure nothing is touching or
resting on the touchscreen.
479
Error Message Cause Action
Debris may be stuck between the
lower part of the touchscreen and its
frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between
the lower part of the touchscreen and
its frame and slide it back and forth to
push out the debris.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
Related Topics:
• Replace Supplies
• Replace the Drum Unit
• Clean the Corona Wire
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
480
Home > Troubleshooting > Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the table.
You can correct most errors yourself. If, after reading this table, you still need help, the Brother Solutions Center
offers the latest troubleshooting tips.
Go to the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Connection Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Connection Error 02
Network connection failed.
Verify that the network
connection is good.
The machine is not connected to a
network.
• Verify that the network connection
is good.
• If the Web button was pressed
soon after the machine was turned
on, the network connection may
not have been established yet.
Wait and try again.
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
• Network or server settings are
incorrect.
• There is a problem with the
network or server.
• Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
• If the Web button was pressed
soon after the machine was turned
on, the network connection may
not have been established yet.
Wait and try again.
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Wrong Date&Time.
Date and time settings are incorrect. Set the date and time correctly. Note
that if the machine's power cord is
disconnected, the date and time
settings may have reset to factory
settings.
Authentication Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter
PIN correctly.
The PIN you entered to access the
account is incorrect. The PIN is the
four-digit number that was entered
when registering the account to the
machine.
Enter the correct PIN.
Authentication Error 02
Incorrect or expired ID, or
this temporary ID is already
used. Enter correctly or
reissue temporary ID.
Temporary ID is valid for 24
hours after it is issued.
The temporary ID that was entered is
incorrect .
Enter the correct temporary ID.
The temporary ID that was entered
has expired. A temporary ID is valid
for 24 hours.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again and receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Authentication Error 03
Display name has already
been registered. Enter
another display name.
The name you entered as the display
name has already been registered to
another service user.
Enter a different display name.
481
Server Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Server Error 01
Authentication failed. Do
the following: 1. Go to
http://bwc.brother.com to
get a new temporary ID. 2.
Press OK and enter your new
temporary ID in the next
screen.
The machine's authentication
information (needed to access the
service) has expired or is invalid.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again to receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Server Error 03
Failed to upload.
Unsupported file or corrupt
data. Confirm data of file.
The file you are trying to upload may
have one of the following problems:
• The file exceeds the service's limit
on number of pixels, file size, etc.
• The file type is not supported.
• The file is corrupted.
The file cannot be used:
• Check the service's size or format
restrictions.
• Save the file as a different type.
• If possible, get a new, uncorrupted
version of the file.
Server Error 13
Service temporarily
unavailable. Try again
later.
There is a problem with the service
and it cannot be used now.
Wait and try again. If you get the
message again, access the service
from a computer to confirm if it is
unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Shortcut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please
register account and
shortcut again after
deleting this shortcut.
The shortcut cannot be used because
the account was deleted after the
shortcut was registered.
Delete the shortcut, and then register
the account and shortcut again.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
482
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams
Document Jams
Related Models: DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
• Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
• Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
• Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
483
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Related Models: DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the left. If the document rips or tears, be sure you remove any debris or
scraps to prevent future jams.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Do one of the following:
• (DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Press Stop/Exit.
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Press
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
484
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
Related Models: DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the right. If the document rips or tears, be sure you remove any debris or
scraps to prevent future jams.
4. Close the document cover.
5. Do one of the following:
• (DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Press Stop/Exit.
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Press
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
485
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
Related Models: DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
4. Do one of the following:
• (DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Press Stop/Exit.
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Press
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
486
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams
Paper Jams
Always remove the remaining paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you are adding new
paper. This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the machine at one time and prevents
paper jams.
• Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
• Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
• Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
• Paper is Jammed inside the Machine
• Paper is Jammed in the 2-sided Tray
487
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these
steps:
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Slowly pull out the jammed paper.
Pulling the jammed paper downward using both hands allows you to remove the paper more easily.
3. Fan the stack of paper to prevent further jams, and slide the paper guides to fit the paper size.
4. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).
5. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
488
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
When the paper is jammed in the output paper tray, follow these steps:
1. Use both hands to open the scanner.
2. Remove the paper.
3. Push the scanner down with both hands to close it.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
490
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the back (Rear) of the
machine, follow these steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on for 10 minutes for the internal fan to cool the extremely hot parts inside the
machine.
2. Open the back cover.
3. Pull the blue tabs at the left and right sides toward you to release the fuser cover.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
If the green envelope levers inside the back cover are pulled down to the envelope position, lift these levers
to the original position before pulling the green tabs down.
4. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit.
491
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed inside the Machine
Paper is Jammed inside the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam inside the machine, follow these
steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on for 10 minutes for the internal fan to cool the extremely hot parts inside the
machine.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
4. Pull out the jammed paper slowly.
5. Install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine.
493
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the 2-sided Tray
Paper is Jammed in the 2-sided Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the 2-sided paper tray, follow
these steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on for 10 minutes for the internal fan to cool the extremely hot parts inside the
machine.
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. At the back of the machine, pull the 2‑sided tray completely out of the machine.
4. Pull the jammed paper out of the machine or out of the 2‑sided tray.
5. Remove paper that may have jammed under the machine due to static electricity.
495
6. If paper is not caught inside the 2-sided tray, open the back cover.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
7. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the back of the machine.
8. Close the back cover until it locks in the closed position.
9. Put the 2-sided tray firmly back in the rear of the machine.
10. Put the paper tray firmly back in the front of the machine.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
496
Home > Troubleshooting > Printing Problems
Printing Problems
Difficulties Suggestions
No printout Check the machine is not in Power Off mode.
If the machine is in Power Off mode, press
on the
control panel, and then send the print data again.
Check that the correct printer driver has been installed
and selected.
Check to see if the Status Monitor or the machine's
control panel displays an error status.
Check that the machine is online:
• Windows7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start) >Devices and Printers . Right-click
Brother XXX-XXXX and click See what's printing.
Click Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer
Offline is not selected.
• Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) >Control Panel > Hardware and
Sound > Printers. Right-click Brother XXX-XXXX.
Make sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is
listed, click this option to set the driver Online.
• Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your
desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings
> Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group,
click View devices and printers. Right-click the
Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what's printing. If
printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
Click Printer in the menu bar and make sure that Use
Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows 10, Windows Server 2016 and Windows
Server 2019
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX.
Click See what's printing. If printer driver options
appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure that Use Printer Offline is
not selected.
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the
Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what’s
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your
printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make
sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Mac
Click the System Preferences menu, and then select
the Printers & Scanners option. When the machine is
offline, delete it using the button, and then add it
using the button.
497
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine is not printing or has stopped printing. Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's
memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print
data again.
See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.
The headers or footers appear when the document
displays on the screen but they do not show up when it is
printed.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the
page. Adjust the top and bottom margins in your
document to allow for this.
The machine prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage. Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's
memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print
data again.
See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.
Check the settings in your application to make sure they
are set up to work with your machine.
Confirm that the Brother printer driver is selected in your
application's Print window.
The machine prints the first couple of pages correctly,
then some pages have missing text.
Check the settings in your application to make sure they
are set up to work with your machine.
Your machine is not receiving all of the data sent from the
computer. Make sure you connected the interface cable
correctly.
The machine does not print on both sides of the paper
even though the printer driver setting is 2-sided and the
machine supports automatic 2-sided printing.
Check the paper size setting in the printer driver. You
must select Letter, Legal, Folio, or Mexico Legal paper
that is 16 to 28 lb (60 to 105 g/m
2
).
Print speed is too slow. Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest
resolution needs longer data processing, sending and
printing time.
If you have enabled the Quiet Mode, disable the Quiet
Mode on the printer driver or the machine's menu setting.
The machine does not feed paper. If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight.
If the paper is curled, straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful
to remove the paper, turn the stack over and place it back
in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then
try again.
(For models with Manual Feed Slot)Make sure Manual is
not selected for Paper Source in the printer driver.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
The machine does not feed paper from the Manual feed
slot.
(For models with Manual Feed Slot)
Use both hands to push one sheet of paper firmly into the
manual feed slot until the top edge of the paper presses
against the paper feed rollers. Continue pressing the
paper against the rollers until the machine grabs the
paper and pulls it in further.
Put only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
Make sure Manual is selected as Paper Source in the
printer driver.
The machine does not feed envelopes. (For models with Manual Feed Slot)Load one envelope at
a time in the manual feed slot. Your application must be
set to print the envelope size you are using. This is
usually done in the Page Setup or Document Setup menu
of your application.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
498
Home > Troubleshooting > Improve the Print Quality
Improve the Print Quality
If you have a print quality problem, print a test page first. If the printout looks good, the problem is probably not
the machine. Check the interface cable connections and try printing a different document. If the printout or test
page printed from the machine has a quality problem, check the examples of poor print quality and follow the
recommendations in the table.
IMPORTANT
Using non-genuine supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
1. To get the best print quality, we suggest using recommended print media. Make sure you use paper that
meets our specifications.
2. Check that the toner cartridge and drum unit are installed correctly.
Examples of poor print quality
Recommendation
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
CDEF
cdefg
B C
b c d
1 2 3
Faint
• If the machine indicates Replace Toner status, install a
new toner cartridge.
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
humidity, high temperatures, and so on, may cause
this print fault.
• If the whole page is too light, Toner Save may be
turned on. Turn off Toner Save mode in the machine's
menu settings or the printer driver.
• Clean the drum unit.
• Clean the corona wire on the drum unit.
• Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
Gray background
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
high temperatures and high humidity can increase the
amount of background shading.
• Clean the drum unit.
• Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
Ghosting images
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
low humidity and low temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
• Select the appropriate media type in the printer driver.
• Make sure the two green levers inside the back cover
are in the up position. Pull up the two green levers
until they stop.
500
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
• Clean the drum unit.
• Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
• Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• The fuser unit may be contaminated.
Contact Brother Customer Service.
In USA: 1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
In Canada:
www.brother.ca/support
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
Toner specks
• Make sure the media type setting in the driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
• Clean the drum unit.
• The toner cartridge may be damaged.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
• The fuser unit may be contaminated.
Contact Brother Customer Service.
In USA: 1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
In Canada: www.brother.ca/support
Hollow print
• Select Thick Paper mode in the printer driver or use
thinner paper than you are currently using.
• Select the appropriate media type in the menu setting.
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
high humidity can cause hollow print.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
All black
• Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
White lines across the page
• Select the appropriate media type in the printer driver.
• Select the appropriate media type in the menu setting.
• The problem may disappear by itself. Print multiple
blank pages to clear this problem, especially if the
machine has not been used for a long time.
• Clean the drum unit.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
Lines across the page
• Clean the drum unit.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
501
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
White lines, bands or ribbing across the page
• Check the machine's environment. Conditions such as
high humidity and high temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
• Clean the drum unit.
• If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages,
replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
White Spots on black text and graphics at 3.7 in. (94 mm)
intervals
Black spots at 3.7 in. (94 mm) intervals
• Make 10-15 copies of a blank, white sheet of paper. If
the problem is not solved after printing the blank
pages, the drum unit may have foreign material, such
as glue from a label, stuck on the drum. Clean the
drum unit.
See Related Information:Clean the Drum Unit Using
Drum Dot Print.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
Black toner marks across the page
• If you use label sheets for laser printers, the glue from
the sheets may sometimes stick to the drum surface.
Clean the drum unit.
See Related Information:Clean the Drum Unit Using
Drum Dot Print.
• If you used paper that has clips or staples, the drum
unit may be damaged.
• If the unpacked drum unit is in direct sunlight (or room
light for long periods of time), the unit may be
damaged.
• Clean the drum unit.
• The toner cartridge may be damaged.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefgh ijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
Black lines down the page
Printed pages have toner stains down the page
• Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by sliding
the green tab.
Make sure that the green tab on the drum unit is in the
Home position.
• The toner cartridge may be damaged.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
• The fuser unit may be contaminated.
Contact Brother Customer Service.
In USA: 1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
In Canada:
www.brother.ca/support
502
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
White lines down the page
• Make sure foreign material such as a torn piece of
paper, sticky notes or dust is not inside the machine
and around the toner cartridge and drum unit.
• The toner cartridge may be damaged.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
• The drum unit may be damaged.
Replace the drum unit with a new drum unit.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
A B C D
a b c d e
0 1 2 3 4
Image skewed
• Set the document correctly in the ADF or on the
scanner glass if the skew only occurs when making
copies.
• Make sure the paper or other print media is loaded
correctly in the paper tray and the guides are not too
tight or too loose against the paper stack.
• Set the paper guides correctly.
• The paper tray may be too full.
• Check the paper type and quality.
• Check for loose objects such as torn paper inside the
machine.
• If the problem only occurs during automatic 2-sided
printing, check for torn paper in the 2-sided tray. Verify
the 2-sided tray is inserted completely and the back
cover is closed completely.
Curled or wavy image
• Check the paper type and quality. High temperatures
and high humidity will cause paper to curl.
• If you do not use the machine often, the paper may
have been in the paper tray too long. Turn over the
stack of paper in the paper tray. Also, fan the paper
stack, and then rotate the paper 180° in the paper
tray.
• Open the back cover (face up output tray) to let the
printed paper exit onto the face up output tray.
• Choose Reduce Paper Curl mode in the printer driver
when you do not use our recommended print media.
B DEFGH
abc efghijk
A C D
b c d e
1 3 4
Wrinkles or creases
• Make sure paper is loaded correctly.
• Check the paper type and quality.
• Turn over the stack of paper in the tray or rotate the
paper 180° in the input tray.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Poor fixing
• Make sure the two green levers inside the back cover
are in the up position. Pull up the two green levers
until they stop.
503
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
• Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
• Choose Improve Toner Fixing mode in the printer
driver.
If this selection does not provide enough
improvement, change the printer driver setting in
Media Type to a thick setting. If you are printing an
envelope, choose Env. Thick in the media type
setting.
Envelope creases
• Make sure the two green levers inside the back cover
are pulled down to the envelope position when you
print envelopes. After you have finished printing, reset
the levers back to their original position. Pull up the
levers until they stop.
• Make sure envelopes are printed with the back cover
(face up output tray) opened.
• (For models with Manual Feed Slot)
Make sure envelopes are fed only from the manual
feed slot.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
Related Topics:
• Test Print
• Clean the Drum Unit Using Drum Dot Print
• Recommended Print Media
• Reduce Toner Consumption
• Replace the Toner Cartridge
• Replace the Drum Unit
504
Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties
Suggestions
Dialing does not work. (No dial tone) Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone
line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the
LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your machine has a
dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you
subscribe to DSL, VoIP or MagicJack services, call your
service provider for connection instructions.
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
Send a manual fax by pressing Hook button, and dialing
the number. Wait to hear fax-receiving tones before
pressing Start button.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working
telephone and telephone line cord to the jack. Then lift
the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial tone.
If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company
to check the line and/or wall jack.
The machine does not answer when called. Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for
your setup.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to
hear it answer. If there is still no answer, check that the
telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack
and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your
machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in
Fax mode. If there is no ringing when you call your
machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties
Suggestions
Sending a Fax Call to the machine. If you answered on an extension telephone, press your
Fax Receive Code (the factory setting is *51). If you
answered on the external telephone (connected to the
EXT. jack), press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features on a single line. If you have Call Waiting, Call Waiting/Caller ID, Caller ID,
Voice Mail, an answering machine, an alarm system or
other custom feature on a single telephone line with your
machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving
faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some
other custom service and its signal comes through the
line while your machine is sending or receiving a fax, the
signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes.
Brother’s ECM (Error Correction Mode) feature should
help overcome this problem. This condition is related to
the telephone system industry and is common to all
devices that send and receive information on a single,
shared line with custom features. If avoiding a slight
505
Difficulties Suggestions
interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend
using a separate telephone line with no custom features.
Receiving Faxes
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot receive a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone
line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the
LINE jack of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL, VoIP,
or MagicJack services, call your service provider for
connection instructions. If you are using a VoIP system,
try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP). This will
lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the
Hook button in Fax mode. If you hear static or
interference on your fax line, contact your local telephone
provider.
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode.
This is determined by the external devices and telephone
subscriber services you have on the same line as the
Brother machine.
• If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother
machine to automatically answer all incoming faxes,
you should select Fax only mode.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with an external
answering machine, you should select the External
TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your Brother
machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and
voice callers will be able to leave a message on your
answering machine.
• If your Brother machine shares the line with a Voice
Mail subscriber service, see Related Information:
Voice Mail.
• If your Brother machine is on a line with the Distinctive
Ring subscriber service, see Related Information:
Distinctive Ring.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with other
telephones and you want it to automatically answer all
incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode.
In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive
faxes automatically and produce a pseudo/double-ring
to alert you to answer voice calls.
• If you do not want your Brother machine to answer
any incoming faxes automatically, you should select
the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must answer
every incoming call and activate the machine to
receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be
answering the call before your Brother machine answers.
To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
• If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel,
reduce the Ring Delay to one ring.
See Related Information: Set the Number of Rings
Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay).
• If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the
number of rings programmed on your answering
machine to two.
506
Difficulties Suggestions
• If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust
the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
• If you received the test fax successfully, your machine
is operating correctly. Remember to reset your Ring
Delay or answering machine setting back to your
original setting. If receiving problems recur after
resetting the Ring Delay, then a person, device, or
subscriber service is answering the fax call before the
machine has a chance to answer.
• If you were not able to receive the fax, then another
device or subscriber service may be interfering with
your fax reception or there may be a problem with
your fax line.
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External
TAD mode) on the same line as the Brother machine,
make sure your answering machine is set up correctly.
1. Plug the telephone line cord directly from the wall
telephone jack to your Brother machine’s LINE jack.
2. Remove the protective cap from your Brother
machine’s EXT jack, and then plug the telephone line
cord from your answering machine into the EXT jack.
3. Set your answering machine to answer within 4 rings.
If you are having problems receiving faxes or voice
messages, set your answering machine to answer
within 2 or 3 rings.
4. Record the outgoing message on your answering
machine.
• Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of
your outgoing message.
• Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
• End your outgoing message with your Fax Receive
Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: “After the beep, leave a message or
press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
5. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
6. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External
TAD.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive
Mode.
Make sure your Brother machine’s Easy Receive feature
is turned On. Easy Receive is a feature that allows you to
receive a fax even if you answered the call on an external
or extension telephone.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible
interference on the telephone line or if you are using a
VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function
Lock Settings.
Sending Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot send a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone
line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the
LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your machine has a
507
Difficulties Suggestions
dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you
subscribe to DSL, VoIP, or magicJack services, call your
service provider for connection instructions.
Make sure you pressed Fax and the machine is in Fax
mode.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for
an error.
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function
Lock Settings.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine
has paper.
Poor sending quality. Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a
copy to check your machine’s scanner operation. If the
copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
Transmission Verification Report says RESULT:NG. There is probably temporary noise or static on the line.
Try sending the fax again. If you are sending a PC-Fax
message and get RESULT:NG on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory.
To free up extra memory, you can turn off Fax Storage,
print fax messages in memory or cancel a delayed fax. If
the problem continues, ask the telephone company to
check your telephone line.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible
interference on the telephone line or if you are using a
VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
Sent faxes are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly. When
using the ADF, the document should be face up. When
using the scanner glass, the document should be face
down.
Vertical black lines when sending. Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically
caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip. Clean
the glass strip.
Printing received faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
• Condensed print
• Horizontal streaks
• Top and bottom sentences are cut off
• Missing lines
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection.
Make a copy; if your copy looks good, you probably had a
bad connection, with static or interference on the
telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
Vertical black lines when receiving The corona wire for printing may be dirty.
Clean the corona wire in the drum unit.
The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to
make a copy to see if the problem is with the sending
machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.
Received faxes appear as split or blank pages. Left and right margins are cut off or a single page is
printed on two pages.
508
Difficulties Suggestions
Turn on Auto Reduction.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Set Dial Tone Detection
• Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems
Related Topics:
• Voice Mail
• Distinctive Ring
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
509
Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems > Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Dial Tone] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to choose the [Detection] or [No Detection], and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Tone].
2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Telephone and Fax Problems
510
Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems > Set Telephone Line Compatibility for
Interference and VoIP Systems
Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Problems sending and receiving faxes due to possible interference on the telephone line may be solved by
reducing the modem speed to minimize errors in fax transmission. If you are using a Voice over IP (VoIP)
service, Brother recommends changing the compatibility to Basic (for VoIP).
• VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line.
• Telephone providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Compatibility] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [High], [Normal], or [Basic(for VoIP)] option, and then press OK.
Option Description
High
Select High to set the modem speed at 33600 bps.
Normal
Select Normal to set the modem speed at 14400 bps.
Basic(for
VoIP)
Select Basic(for VoIP) to reduce the modem speed to 9600 bps and turn off Error
Correction Mode (ECM). Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone
line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the
compatibility setting to Basic(for VoIP).
5. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Compatibility].
2. Press [High], [Normal] or [Basic(for VoIP)].
Option Description
High
Select High to set the modem speed at 33600 bps.
Normal
Select Normal to set the modem speed at 14400 bps.
Basic(for
VoIP)
Select Basic(for VoIP) to reduce the modem speed to 9600 bps and turn off Error
Correction Mode (ECM). Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone
line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the
compatibility setting to Basic(for VoIP).
3. Press .
511
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems
Network Problems
• Error Messages for Network Problems
• Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
• I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
513
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Error Messages for Network Problems
Error Messages for Network Problems
Your Brother machine will display an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the chart.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Error Messages
Cause Action
Cannot
Connect
A device is
already
connected.
Two mobile devices are already
connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother
machine is the Group Owner
(G/O).
After the current connection between your Brother machine and
another mobile device has shut down, try to configure the Wi-Fi
Direct settings again. You can confirm the connection status by
printing the Network Configuration Report.
Connection
Error
Other devices are trying to
connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-
Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct
settings again.
Connection
Fail
The Brother machine and your
mobile device cannot
communicate during the Wi-Fi
Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure you have
entered the correct PIN.
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Brother
machine cannot find your
mobile device.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the Wi-Fi
Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network,
make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to
obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your
mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Error Messages
Cause Action
A device is
already
connected. Press
[OK].
Two mobile devices are
already connected to the Wi-Fi
Direct network when the
Brother machine is the Group
Owner (G/O).
After the current connection between your Brother machine
and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure
the Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the
connection status by printing the Network Configuration
Report.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to
connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to
the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-Fi
Direct settings again.
Connection Failed
The Brother machine and your
mobile device cannot
communicate during the Wi-Fi
Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure you
have entered the correct PIN.
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Brother
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the
Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
514
Error Messages Cause Action
machine cannot find your
mobile device.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network,
make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how
to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of
your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Wrong Date &
Time, contact
your
administrator.
The Brother machine does not
obtain the time from the SNTP
time server or you have not
configured the Date&Time for
the machine.
• Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time server
are configured correctly in Web Based Management.
• Confirm the Date&Time settings of your machine are
correct in Web Based Management.
Related Information
• Network Problems
515
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup
Configuration
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then, try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to
resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause
Action Interface
Your security settings (SSID/
Network Key) are not
correct.
• Confirm the security settings using the Wireless Setup Helper
utility. For more information and to download the utility, go to your
model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
• Select and confirm that you are using the correct security
settings.
- See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router for information on how to find the security
settings.
- The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security
settings.
- Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Wireless
Your Brother machine's MAC
address is not allowed.
Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the
filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's
control panel.
Wireless
Your wireless LAN access
point/router is in stealth
mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
• Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
• Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions
supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and
reconfigure the wireless network setup.
Wireless
Your security settings (SSID/
password) are not correct.
• Confirm the SSID and password.
- When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID
and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your
mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID
and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s
screen.
Wi-Fi Direct
You are using Android
™
4.0.
If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after
using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a G/O.
Wi-Fi Direct
Your Brother machine is
placed too far from your
mobile device.
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 meter) of the
mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Wi-Fi Direct
There are some obstructions
(walls or furniture, for
example) between your
machine and the mobile
device.
Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area. Wi-Fi Direct
There is a wireless
computer, Bluetooth
®
-
supported device,
microwave oven, or digital
cordless phone near the
Brother machine or the
mobile device.
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile
device.
Wi-Fi Direct
If you have checked and
tried all of the above, but still
cannot complete the Wi-Fi
• Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then, try to
configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
Wi-Fi Direct
517
Cause Action Interface
Direct configuration, do the
following:
• If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how
many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network,
and then check how many devices are connected.
For Windows
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we
recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Related Information
• Network Problems
Related Topics:
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
• Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
518
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
• Windows 7/Windows 8/Windows 10
You must log on with Administrator rights.
• Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Windows 7 Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows 8/
Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click
Network Connection Repair Tool.
• If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report or the Printer Settings Page.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings >
Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
• Network Problems
Related Topics:
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
519
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX
Receive over the Network
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the
Network
Cause Action Interface
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The Network scanning
feature does not work. )
• Windows
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type
the information below:
- In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
- In Port number:
Type 54925.
- In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
• Mac
(Brother iPrint&Scan)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-
click the Brother iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan
window appears. Click the Select your Machine button, and then
follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.
(TWAIN driver)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and
then double-click the Device Selector icon. The Device Selector
window appears. Reselect your network machine, make sure
Status is idle, and then click OK.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not
work.)
(Windows)
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To
add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
• In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
• In Port number:
Type 54926.
• In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
Some security software might block access without showing a security
alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask
the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine was
not assigned an available
IP address.
• Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your
computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the
same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
• Windows
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
Wired/Wireless
520
Cause Action Interface
The failed print job is still
in your computer's print
queue.
• If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it.
• Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and
cancel all documents:
- Windows 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Printers and
Faxes.
- Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and
printers > Printers.
- Windows 10, Windows Server 2016 and Windows Server 2019
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the
Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers
> Printers.
- Windows Server 2008
Click Start > Control Panel > Printers.
- Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers >
Printers.
- Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware
group, click View devices and printers.
- macOS v10.10.5, v10.11.x, v10.12.x, v10.14.x, v10.15.x, v11
Click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine is
not connected to the
wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the
Brother software and drivers and reinstall them.
Related Information
• Network Problems
Related Topics:
• Print the WLAN Report
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
521
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working
Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check Action Interface
Check that your Brother
machine, access point/
router, or network hub is
turned on.
Check the following:
• The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is
turned on.
• The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is
blinking.
• All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
• The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed correctly.
• The front and back covers are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• (For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Wired/Wireless
Check the Link Status
in the Network
Configuration Report.
Print the Network Configuration Report and check that Ethernet Link
Status or Wireless Link Status is Link OK.
Wired/Wireless
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother
machine from your
computer.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or
the node name in the Windows command prompt or Mac Terminal
application:
ping <ipaddress> or <nodename>.
• Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and
connected to the same network as your computer.
• Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same
network as your computer.
(Windows)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair
Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Mac)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Wired/Wireless
Check that your Brother
machine is connected to
the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.
Related Information
• Network Problems
Related Topics:
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Print the WLAN Report
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
522
Home > Troubleshooting > AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings. See Related Information.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access
point/router, or to your Brother machine.
I cannot print. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings. See Related Information.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS
device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Make sure you are running the latest OS version.
Refer to the following Apple support article for more
information about AirPrint: support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
Related Topics:
• AirPrint Overview
523
Home > Troubleshooting > Other Problems
Other Problems
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine will not turn on. Adverse conditions on the power connection (such as
lightning or a power surge) may have triggered the
machine’s internal safety mechanisms. Unplug the power
cord. Wait for ten minutes, then plug in the power cord
and press to turn on the machine.
If the problem is not solved, press and hold
to turn off
the machine. If you are using a backup battery or surge
suppressor device, disconnect it to make sure it is not the
problem. Plug the machine’s power cord directly into a
different known working wall outlet and press to turn
on the machine.
The machine cannot print EPS data that includes binary
with the BR-Script3 printer driver.
(Windows)
To print EPS data, do the following:
1. For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2:
Click the
Start button > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008:
Click the
(Start) button > Control Panel >
Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012:
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your
desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings
> Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
1
group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows 10, Windows Server 2016 and Windows
Server 2019:
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
For Windows Server 2012 R2:
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the
Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 icon,
select Printer properties.
3. From the Device Settings tab, choose TBCP (Tagged
binary communication protocol) in Output Protocol.
The Brother software cannot be installed.
(Windows)
If the Security Software warning appears on the computer
screen during the installation, change the Security
Software settings to permit the Brother product setup
program or other program to run.
(Mac)
If you are using a firewall function of anti-spyware or
antivirus security software, temporarily disable it and then
install the Brother software.
1
For Windows Server 2012: Hardware and Sound
Copying difficulties
524
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot make a copy. Make sure you pressed Copy and the machine is in Copy
mode.
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function
Lock Settings.
Vertical black line appears in copies. Black vertical lines on copies are typically caused by dirt
or correction fluid on the glass strip, or the corona wire is
dirty. Clean the glass strip and scanner glass and the
white bar and white plastic above them.
Copies are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
Scanning difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
TWAIN or WIA errors appear when starting to scan.
(Windows)
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected
as the primary source in your scanning application. For
example, in Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE, click Desktop >
Scan Settings > Select to choose the Brother
TWAIN/WIA driver.
TWAIN or ICA errors appear when starting to scan. (Mac) Make sure the Brother TWAIN driver is selected as the
primary source.
You can also scan documents using the ICA Scanner
Driver.
OCR does not work. Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Cannot scan. Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function
Lock Settings.
Software difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot install software or print. (Windows )
Run the install program again. This program will repair
and reinstall the software.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
525
Home > Troubleshooting > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If the LCD displays:
• [Print Unable] ##
• [Scan Unable] ##
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
If there is an error message on the LCD after you transfer the faxes, disconnect your Brother machine from
the power source for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
• Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
• Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
526
Home > Troubleshooting > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report > Transfer Faxes to Another Fax
Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Service] option, and then press OK.
3. Press OK to select [Data Transfer].
4. Press a or b to display the [Fax Transfer] option, and then press OK.
5. Do one of the following:
• If the LCD shows [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory. Press Stop/Exit.
• Enter the fax number to which faxes will be forwarded. Press Start.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Fax Transfer].
2. Do one of the following:
• If the LCD shows [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory. Press [Close].
• Enter the fax number to which faxes will be forwarded.
3. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
• Set Your Station ID
527
Home > Troubleshooting > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report > Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Make sure you have installed the software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX Receive
on the computer.
Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
From the
(Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• (Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine’s memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the LCD displays [Send Fax to
PC?].
3. Press the options in the following table to transfer the fax to your computer.
Option Description
a Select On or Off for the Backup print setting.
The machine transfers all faxes to your computer.
b Select On or Off for the Backup print setting.
The PC-Fax setting turns On.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Make sure you have installed the software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX Receive
on the computer.
Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
From the
(Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• (Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine’s memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the LCD displays [Send Fax to
PC?].
528
Home > Troubleshooting > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report > Transfer the Fax Journal Report to
Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Service] option, and then press OK.
3. Press OK to select [Data Transfer].
4. Press a or b to display the [Report Trans.] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter the destination fax number for the Fax Journal.
6. Press Start.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Report
Transfer].
2. Enter the destination fax number for the Fax Journal.
3. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
• Set Your Station ID
530
Home > Troubleshooting > Machine Information > Check the Serial Number
Check the Serial Number
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Machine Info.] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Serial No.] option, and then press OK.
The machine displays the serial number on the LCD.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.] > [Serial No.].
The machine displays the serial number on the LCD.
2. Press
.
Related Information
• Machine Information
532
Home > Troubleshooting > Machine Information > Check the Firmware Version
Check the Firmware Version
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Machine Info.] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Version] option, and then press OK.
The machine displays the firmware version on the LCD.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.] > [Firmware Version].
The machine displays the firmware version on the LCD.
2. Press
.
Related Information
• Machine Information
533
Home > Troubleshooting > Machine Information > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
The following reset functions are available:
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function
or Factory Reset function.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
Subdivided reset functions are not available for some models.
1. Machine Reset
This function resets the following settings:
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory (For MFC Models)
(Delayed Fax, Batch TX)
• Coverpage Message (For MFC Models)
• Remote Fax Options (For MFC Models)
(Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, PC-Fax Send, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows
only))
• Setting Lock (For MFC Models)
• Language Setting
2. Network Settings Reset (For Network Models)
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. Address Book and Fax Settings Reset (For MFC Models)
This function resets the following settings:
• Address Book
(One Touch Dial / Speed Dial / Setup Groups)
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory
• Station ID
(name and number)
• Coverpage Message
• Remote Fax Options
(Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows only))
• Report
(Transmission Verification Report/ Tel Index List/Fax Journal)
• Setting Lock password
4. All Settings Reset
You can reset all the machine's settings back to the settings that were set at the factory.
All Settings Reset takes less time than Factory Reset.
5. Factory Reset (For MFC Models)
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Factory Reset takes more time than All Settings Reset.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
534
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function
or Factory Reset function.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Machine Reset
You can reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
The Address Book, fax reports, and Call history will remain. (For MFC Models)
2. Network Settings Reset (For Network Models)
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. Address Book and Fax Settings Reset (For MFC Models)
This function resets the following settings:
• Address Book
(Addresses and Groups)
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory
• Station ID
(name and number)
• Coverpage Message
• Remote Fax Options
(Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows only))
• Report
(Transmission Verification Report/ Tel Index List/Fax Journal)
• Setting Lock password
4. All Settings Reset
You can reset all the machine's settings back to the settings that were set at the factory.
All Settings Reset takes less time than Factory Reset.
5. Factory Reset
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Factory Reset takes more time than All Settings Reset.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function
or Factory Reset function.
Related Information
• Machine Information
535
Home > Troubleshooting > Machine Information > Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Your Brother Machine
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Reset] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to choose the type of reset you want to perform, and then press OK.
Subdivided reset functions are not available for some models.
5. Press the option in the table to reset the machine or to exit the process.
Option Description
a Reset the machine.
b The machine will exit and cancel the reset menu.
The LCD displays [Reboot OK?].
6. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the process.
Option Description
a Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.
b The machine will exit without rebooting.
If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset].
2. Press a or b to display the type of reset functions, and then press the reset function you want to use.
The LCD displays [Machine will reboot after resetting. Press [OK] for 2 seconds to
confirm.].
3. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the process.
Option Description
Press OK for two seconds Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.
Cancel
The machine will exit without rebooting.
If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
4. Press .
536
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies
Replace Supplies
You must replace supplies when the machine indicates that the life of the supply is over.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability. The toner
cartridge and drum unit are two separate supplies. Make sure both are installed as an assembly. The order
number of supplies may vary depending on the country.
NOTE
• Be sure to seal up the used supplies tightly in a bag so that toner powder does not spill out of the
cartridge.
• Visit www.brother.com/original/index.html for instructions on how to return your used supplies to the
Brother collection and recycling program. If you choose not to return your used supply, discard the used
supply according to local regulations, keeping it separate from domestic waste. If you have questions,
contact your local waste disposal office.
• We recommend placing used and new supplies on a piece of paper to prevent accidentally spilling or
scattering the material inside.
• If you use paper that is not a direct equivalent for the recommended print media, the life of supplies and
machine parts may be reduced.
• The projected life for each of the toner cartridges is based on ISO/IEC 19752. Frequency of replacement
will vary depending on the print volume, percentage of coverage, types of media used, and powering
on/off the machine.
• Frequency of replacing supplies except toner cartridges will vary depending on the print volume, types of
media used, and powering on/off the machine.
• Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, immediately wipe or wash
it off with cold water.
IMPORTANT
• To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner cartridge
Drum unit
539
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Toner Cartridge
Replace the Toner Cartridge
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly from the machine.
4. Push down the green lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit.
5. Unpack the new toner cartridge.
6. Remove the protective cover.
7. Push the new toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
541
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
8. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times.
Be sure to return the tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the arrow on
the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
9. Install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back into the machine.
10. Close the front cover of the machine.
• After replacing a toner cartridge, DO NOT turn off the machine or open the front cover until the
machine's display returns to Ready Mode.
• The toner cartridge that comes with your Brother machine is a Starter toner cartridge.
• It is a good idea to keep a new toner cartridge ready for use when you see the Toner Low warning.
• To ensure high quality printing, we recommend using only Genuine Brother Brand toner cartridges.
When you want to buy toner cartridges, contact Brother Customer Service.
• DO NOT unpack the new toner cartridge until you are ready to install it.
• If a toner cartridge is left unpacked for a long time, the toner life will be shortened.
• Brother strongly recommends you DO NOT refill the toner cartridge provided with your machine. We
also strongly recommend you continue to use only Genuine Brother Brand replacement toner
cartridges. Use or attempted use of third party toner and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may
cause damage to the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our limited warranty
coverage does not apply to any problem that is caused by the use of third party toner and/or cartridges.
To protect your investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly
recommend the use of Genuine Brother Supplies.
542
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Drum Unit
Replace the Drum Unit
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly from the machine.
4. Push down the green lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit.
5. Unpack the new drum unit.
6. Push the toner cartridge firmly into the new drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
544
7. Install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back into the machine.
8. Close the front cover of the machine.
After installing the new drum unit, you must reset the drum counter. See Related Information: Reset the
Drum Counter.
NOTE
• Drum wear and tear occurs due to use and rotation of the drum and interaction with paper, toner and
other materials in the paper path. In designing this product, Brother decided to use the number of
rotations of the drum as a reasonable determinant of the drum life. When a drum reaches the factory-
established rotation limit corresponding to the rated page yield, the product’s LCD will advise you to
replace the drum. The product will continue to function; however, print quality may not be optimal.
• If an unpacked drum unit is placed in direct sunlight (or room light for long periods of time), the unit may
be damaged.
• There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as the temperature, humidity, type of
paper, type of toner used and so on. Under ideal conditions, the average drum life is estimated at
approximately 12,000 pages (based on 1 page per job [A4/Letter single-sided pages]. The number of
pages may be affected due to a variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life, we cannot
guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum.
• For best performance, use only genuine Brother toner.
• The machine should be used only in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate ventilation.
• Printing with a non-Brother drum unit may reduce not only the print quality but also the quality and life of
the machine itself. Warranty coverage does not apply to problems caused by the use of a non-Brother
drum unit.
Related Information
• Replace Supplies
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Improve the Print Quality
• Reset the Drum Counter
545
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Reset the Drum Counter
Reset the Drum Counter
When you replace the drum unit with a new one, you must reset the drum counter by completing the following
steps:
IMPORTANT
DO NOT reset the drum counter unless you are replacing the drum unit.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Close the front cover of the machine.
3. Hold down OK as you press a.
4. Press OK to select [Drum].
5. Press a to reset the drum counter.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Close the front cover of the machine.
3. Press
to clear the error.
4. Press and hold for five seconds.
5. Press [Drum Unit], and then press [Yes].
6. Press .
Related Information
• Replace Supplies
Related Topics:
• Replace the Drum Unit
546
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine
Clean the Machine
Clean the outside and inside of the machine regularly with a dry, lint-free cloth.
When you replace the toner cartridge or the drum unit, make sure you clean the inside of the machine. If printed
pages are stained with toner, clean the inside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth.
WARNING
• DO NOT use flammable substances, any type of spray, or an organic solvent/liquid containing alcohol or
ammonia to clean the inside or outside of the product. Doing so could cause a fire. Instead, use only a
dry, lint-free cloth.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
• To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner cartridge
Drum unit
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
• Clean the Scanner
• Clean the Touchscreen LCD
547
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Press and hold to turn off the machine.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the white plastic surface (2) and scanner glass (3) underneath it with a soft
lint-free cloth moistened with water.
1
2
3
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the scanner glass strip (2) underneath it with a soft lint-free cloth
moistened with water.
2
1
4. Open the scanner glass cover (1), and then clean the other white bar (2) and scanner glass strip (3)
(supported models only).
1
2
3
5. Close the document cover.
6. Press
to turn on the machine.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
549
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use any type of liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold to turn off the machine.
2. Clean the touchscreen with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
3. Press to turn on the machine.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
550
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Corona Wire
Clean the Corona Wire
If you have print quality problems or the control panel displays [Drum !] status, clean the corona wire.
1. Open the front cover.
2. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly from the machine.
3. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times.
Be sure to return the tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the arrow on
the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
4. Install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back into the machine.
5. Close the front cover of the machine.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
551
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Drum Unit Using Drum Dot Print
Clean the Drum Unit Using Drum Dot Print
If your printout has dots or other repeating marks at 3.7 in. (94 mm) intervals, the drum may have foreign
material, such as glue from a label, stuck on the drum surface.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready mode.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Drum Dot Print] option.
4. Press Start.
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
5. Press and hold to turn off the machine.
6. Open the front cover.
7. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly from the machine.
8. Push down the green lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit.
9. Turn the drum unit as shown in the illustration. Make sure that the drum unit gear is on the left side.
552
10. Use the numbered markers next to the drum roller to find the mark on the drum. For example, a dot in column
2 on the check sheet means that there is a mark in drum region “2”.
11. Turn the edge of the drum unit toward you while looking at the drum surface to find the mark.
IMPORTANT
• To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the surface of the drum unit, only the wheel on the
end.
12. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark or foreign material on the surface
comes off.
553
NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
13. Push the toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
14. Install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back into the machine.
15. Close the front cover of the machine.
16. Press to turn on the machine.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready mode.
2. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Drum Dot Print].
3. Press [Yes].
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
4. Press .
5. Press and hold
to turn off the machine.
6. Open the front cover.
7. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly from the machine.
554
8. Push down the green lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit.
9. Turn the drum unit as shown in the illustration. Make sure that the drum unit gear is on the left side.
10. Use the numbered markers next to the drum roller to find the mark on the drum. For example, a dot in column
2 on the check sheet means that there is a mark in drum region “2”.
11. Turn the edge of the drum unit toward you while looking at the drum surface to find the mark.
555
IMPORTANT
• To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the surface of the drum unit, only the wheel on the
end.
12. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark or foreign material on the surface
comes off.
NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
13. Push the toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
14. Install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back into the machine.
15. Close the front cover of the machine.
16. Press to turn on the machine.
556
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds properly.
If you have paper feed problems, clean the pick-up rollers as follows:
1. Press and hold to turn off the machine.
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. If paper is loaded or something is stuck inside in the paper tray, remove it.
4. Tightly wring out a lint-free cloth soaked in lukewarm water, and then wipe the separator pad on the paper
tray to remove dust.
5. Wipe the two pick-up rollers inside the machine to remove dust.
6. Reload the paper and put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
7. Press to turn on the machine.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
Related Topics:
• Printing Problems
558
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check the Remaining Part Life
Check the Remaining Part Life
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Machine Info.] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Parts Life] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Toner] or [Drum] option, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the approximate remaining toner or drum life.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.] > [Parts Life].
2. The LCD displays the approximate remaining drum life.
3. Press .
To display the approximate remaining life of toner cartridge, press on the LCD.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
559
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
WARNING
• When you move the machine, carry the machine as shown in the illustration.
• If for any reason you must ship your machine, carefully repack the machine in the original packaging to
avoid any damage during transit. The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
• Unless you are returning the machine as part of the Brother Exchange Service, leave the toner cartridge
and drum unit inside the machine when you pack and ship it.
1. Press and hold to turn off the machine. Leave the machine off for at least 10 minutes to cool down.
2. Disconnect all the cables, and then unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet.
Some models are equipped with a non-detachable AC power cord. If your cord is not detachable, fold it
loosely and rest it on top of the machine so it packs easily.
3. Put the machine into the bag it originally came in.
4. Pack the machine, the printed materials, and the AC power cord (if applicable) in the original carton with the
original packing material as shown. If you are returning your machine to Brother as part of the Exchange
Service, pack only the machine. Keep all separate parts and printed materials to use with your "Exchange"
machine. The illustrations may differ from the actual packing materials. The materials vary depending on your
model.
560
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
Your menu settings are stored permanently, and in the event of a power failure will not be lost.Temporary settings
(for example, Contrast, Overseas Mode) will be lost.
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
During a power failure, the machine will retain the date and time and programmed fax timer jobs (for
example: Delayed Fax) for approximately 60 hours. Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
• (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
During a power failure, the machine will retain the date and time for approximately two hours. The fax jobs in
the machine’s memory will be lost.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
564
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings
General Settings
• Change the Default Mode
• Set the Mode Timer
• Adjust the Machine's Volume
• Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
• Set Sleep Mode Countdown
• About Deep Sleep Mode
• Set Auto Power Off Mode
• Set the Date and Time
• Set the Time Zone
• Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
• Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
• Set Your Station ID
• Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode (For Canada)
• Reduce Toner Consumption
• Set the Continue Mode
• Learn About Receiving Faxes in Continue Mode
• Add a Prefix to Every Fax Number
• Prevent Dialing a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
• Reduce Printing Noise
• Change the Language on the LCD
565
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Default Mode
Change the Default Mode
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
When the machine is idle or you press Stop/Exit, the machine will return to the mode you set.
• For MFC models, the machine has Fax, Scan and Copy modes. The default mode is Fax.
• For DCP models, the machine has Scan and Copy modes. The default mode is Copy.
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Default Mode] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Fax], [Copy], or [Scan] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
• General Settings
566
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Mode Timer
Set the Mode Timer
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
The machine returns to the default mode after use of the machine in a mode other than the default mode. The
Mode Timer setting defines how much time the machine takes after the last operation to return to the default
mode. If you choose [Off], the machine will stay in the mode you used last.
• For MFC models, the machine has three mode buttons on the control panel: FAX, SCAN and COPY.
• For DCP models, the machine has Scan and Copy. Default is Copy mode and mode timer setting is one
minute.
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Mode Timer] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [5Mins], [2Mins], [1Min], [30Secs], [0Sec], or [Off] option, and then
press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
• General Settings
567
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the Machine's Volume
Adjust the Machine's Volume
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Volume] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
5. Press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [High], [Med], [Low], or [Off] option, and then press OK.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
You can also adjust the speaker volume by pressing Hook . Press d or c. Each button press decreases or
increases the volume. When finished, press Hook .
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Volume].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Press a or b to display the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option, and then press the option you want.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
568
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and backward one hour in the fall. Make sure you have set the
correct date and time in the Date & Time setting.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Date&Time] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Auto Daylight] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Auto
Daylight].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
569
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or
a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
• You can choose how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode.
• The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a print job.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Sleep Time] option, and then press OK.
5. Using the dial pad, enter the length of time the machine (maximum 50 minutes) is idle before entering Sleep
Mode, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Sleep Time].
2. Enter the length of time (maximum 50 minutes) the machine will remain idle before entering Sleep Mode, and
then press [OK].
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
570
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > About
Deep Sleep Mode
About Deep Sleep Mode
If the machine is in Sleep mode and does not receive any jobs for certain length of time, the machine will
automatically enter Deep Sleep mode. The length of time is based on your specific model and settings.
Deep Sleep mode uses less power than Sleep mode.
Applicable Models
Machine's Control Panel in Deep
Sleep Mode
Conditions That Will Wake the
Machine
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/
MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
The LCD displays Deep Sleep. • The machine receives a job.
• Someone presses a button on the
control panel.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
The LCD backlight turns off and the
Power LED brightens and dims.
• The machine receives a job.
• Someone presses
, or the
touchscreen LCD.
Related Information
• General Settings
571
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Auto Power Off Mode
Set Auto Power Off Mode
If the machine is in Deep Sleep Mode for certain length of time, based on your model and settings, the machine
will go into Power Off Mode automatically. The machine does not go into Power Off Mode when the machine is
connected to a network or a telephone line , or has secure print data in the memory(Available only for certain
models).
• To start printing, press on the control panel and then send a print job.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Auto Power Off] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [8hours], [4hours], [2hours], [1hour], or [Off] option, and then press
OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Auto Power Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours] or [8hours] option, and then press the
option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
572
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Date&Time] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Date&Time] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter the last two digits of the year using the dial pad, and then press OK.
6. Enter the two digits for the month using the dial pad, and then press OK.
7. Enter the two digits for the day using the dial pad, and then press OK.
8. Press a or b to display the [12h Clock] or [24h Clock] option, and then press OK.
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected [12h Clock] as the format in the [Date&Time] setting, enter the time (in 12-hour
format) using the dial pad.
Press OK.
Press a or b to display the [AM] or [PM] option, and then press OK.
• If you selected [24h Clock] as the format in the [Date&Time] setting, enter the time (in 24-hour
format) using the dial pad.
Press OK.
(For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
10. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Date].
2. Enter the last two digits of the year using the LCD, and then press [OK].
3. Enter the two digits for the month using the LCD, and then press [OK].
4. Enter the two digits for the day using the LCD, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Clock Type].
6. Press [12h Clock] or [24h Clock].
7. Press [Time].
573
8. To enter the time, do one of the following:
• If you selected [12h Clock] as the format in the [Clock Type] setting, enter the time (in 12-hour
format) using the LCD.
Press to select the [AM] or [PM].
Press [OK].
• If you selected [24h Clock] as the format in the [Clock Type] setting, enter the time (in 24-hour
format) using the LCD.
Press [OK].
(For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
9. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
574
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Time Zone
Set the Time Zone
Set the time zone for your location on the machine.
For example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00. Pacific Time in the USA and
Canada is UTC-08:00.
Time Zone Standard Time
Hawaii-Aleutian Time Zone UTC - 10:00
Alaska Time Zone UTC - 9:00
Pacific Time Zone UTC - 8:00
Mountain Time Zone UTC - 7:00
Central Time Zone UTC - 6:00
Eastern Time Zone UTC - 5:00
Atlantic Time Zone UTC - 4:00
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Date&Time] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Time Zone] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to choose the time zone. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Time Zone].
2. Enter your time zone.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
575
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Backlight].
2. Press the [Light], [Med] or [Dark] option.
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
576
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim Timer].
2. Press the option you want:
• [10Secs]
• [30Secs]
• [1Min]
• [2Mins]
• [3Mins]
• [5Mins]
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
577
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Set the machine to print your Station ID and the fax's date and time at the top of each fax you send.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press (FAX).
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Station ID] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
6. Enter your telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
If your telephone number and fax number are the same, enter the same number again.
7. Use the dial pad to enter your name (up to 20 characters), and then press OK.
• To enter text on your machine, see Related Information: How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
NOTE
(USA only) The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a
computer or electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such messages
clearly contain, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity or other
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity or individual. To program this information into your machine, see Set the date and time and
Set your Station ID.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Station ID] > [Fax].
2. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Tel].
4. Enter your telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Name].
578
6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters. (The characters available
may differ depending on your country.)
• If you enter an incorrect character, press d or c to move the cursor to it and press . Press the
correct character.
• To enter a space, press [Space].
• For more detailed information, see Related Information.
7. Press .
NOTE
(USA only) The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a
computer or electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such messages
clearly contain, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity or other
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity or individual. To program this information into your machine, see Set the date and time and
Set your Station ID.
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
• Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
579
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode (For Canada)
Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode (For Canada)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Your Brother machine is set for a Tone dialing service. If you have a Pulse dialing (rotary) service, you must
change the dialing mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press aor bto display the [Tone/Pulse] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Tone] or [Pulse] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Tone/Pulse].
2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse].
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
580
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Toner Consumption
Reduce Toner Consumption
Using the Toner Save feature may reduce toner consumption. When Toner Save is set to on, the print on your
documents appears lighter.
We DO NOT recommend using the Toner Save feature for printing photo or grayscale images.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Toner Save] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Toner Save].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Improve the Print Quality
581
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Continue Mode
Set the Continue Mode
The Continue Mode forces the machine to continue printing after the control panel displays Replace Toner.
The machine will continue printing until the LCD displays Toner Ended.
The factory setting is Stop.
• When the control panel indicates an error, you cannot change the mode.
• If you continue printing in the Continue Mode, we cannot guarantee the print quality.
• While using Continue Mode the print may appear faint.
• After replacing the toner cartridge with a new one, the Continue Mode will go back to the default
setting (Stop).
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Replace Toner] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Continue] or [Stop] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Replace Toner].
2. Press [Continue] or [Stop].
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
582
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Learn
About Receiving Faxes in Continue Mode
Learn About Receiving Faxes in Continue Mode
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The machine can store received faxes in the memory if you choose the Continue Mode when the LCD displays
Replace Toner.
When received faxes are printed in Continue Mode the LCD will ask if the print quality of the fax is OK.
If the quality is not good, choose No. The machine will keep the faxes stored in the memory so you can reprint
them after you replace the toner cartridge with a new one. If the print quality is good, choose Yes. The LCD will
ask if you want to delete the printed faxes from the memory.
If you choose not to delete them, you will be asked again after you replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
• (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
The machine can store up to 400 faxes in memory.
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
The machine can store up to 500 faxes in memory.
• (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
If you turn off the power switch faxes in memory will be lost.
• The machine will keep faxes stored in Continue Mode even if you change the Continue setting to Stop.
• If you install a new toner cartridge when the LCD displays Toner Ended, the machine will ask if you want
to print the stored faxes. Choose Print to print stored faxes.
Toner End in Continue Mode
When the LCD displays Toner Ended, the machine will stop printing. If the memory is full and you want to
continue receiving faxes, you must install a new toner cartridge.
Related Information
• General Settings
583
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Add a
Prefix to Every Fax Number
Add a Prefix to Every Fax Number
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The Dial Prefix setting will automatically dial a predefined number before every fax number you dial. For
example: If your telephone system requires a 9 to dial an outside number, use this setting to automatically dial 9
for every fax you send.
• Use the numbers and symbols from 0 to 9, #, and *. (You cannot use ! with any other numbers or
symbols.)
• If your telephone system requires a time break recall (hookflash), press ! on the LCD.
• (Canada only) If pulse dialing mode is on, # and * are not available to use.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Dial Prefix] option, and then press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
• If the machine does not have a stored prefix number, enter a number (up to 5 digits) using the dial pad,
and then press OK.
• If the machine has a stored prefix number and you want to change it, press a to edit the number.
Press Clear to delete each digit of the existing number and enter a new number using the dial pad, and
then press OK.
To turn off the dial prefix feature, delete the stored prefix number and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Prefix].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
Option Description
On
To activate the prefix number setting, select On.
If you selected On, go to the next step to set a prefix number.
Off
To deactivate the prefix number setting, select Off.
If you selected Off, press to exit.
3. Press [Dial Prefix].
4. Enter a prefix number (up to 5 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
584
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Prevent
Dialing a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Prevent Dialing a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
This feature prevents users from sending a fax or call to the wrong number by mistake. You can set the machine
to restrict dialing when you use the dial pad, Address Book and Shortcuts.
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Dial Restrict.] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display your preferred option, and then press OK.
• [Dial Pad]
• [One Touch Dial]
• [Speed Dial]
5. Press a or b to select one of the following options, and then press OK.
Option Description
Enter #
Twice
The machine will prompt you to re-enter the number, and then if you re-enter the same
number correctly, the machine will start dialing. If you re-enter the wrong number, the LCD
will display an error message.
On
The machine will restrict all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialing method.
Off
The machine does not restrict the dialing method.
• The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone or press Hook before entering
the number. You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
• If you choose [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Dial Restriction].
2. Press one of the following options:
• [Dial Pad]
• [Address Book]
If you combine Address Book numbers when dialing, the address will be recognized as dial pad input and
will not be restricted.
• [Shortcuts]
3. Press one of the following options:
586
Option Description
Enter #
Twice
The machine will prompt you to re-enter the number, and then if you re-enter the same
number correctly, the machine will start dialing. If you re-enter the wrong number, the LCD
will display an error message.
On
The machine will restrict all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialing method.
Off
The machine does not restrict the dialing method.
• The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone or press [Hook] before
entering the number. You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
• If you choose [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
4. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
587
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower. The factory setting is off.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Quiet Mode] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Quiet Mode].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
588
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Language on the LCD
Change the Language on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Local Language] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display your language, and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
589
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut > Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as
your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or
Apps Shortcut are very similar.
1. Press ([Shortcuts]).
2. Press the button where you have not added a Shortcut.
3. Press a or b to display [Copy], and then press [Copy].
4. Press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to change.
5. Press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option you want.
Repeat these two steps until you have selected all the settings and options you want, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Save as Shortcut].
7. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
8. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Related Information
• Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
591
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut > Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
Related Models: HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them,
and then add a new Shortcut.
1. Press ([Shortcuts]).
2. Press d or c to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press the Shortcut you want to change.
The settings for the Shortcut you selected appear.
To delete the Shortcut or edit the name, press and hold the Shortcut until the options appear, and then
follow the on-screen menus.
4. Press [Options].
5. Change the settings for the Shortcut if needed.
6. Press [OK].
7. When finished, press [Save as Shortcut].
8. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
9. Do one of the following:
• To overwrite the Shortcut, press [Yes].
• If you do not want to overwrite the Shortcut, press [No] to enter a new Shortcut name.
Enter a new name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
To edit the name, hold down to delete the current name.
Press [OK] to confirm.
Related Information
• Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
592
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Reports
Reports
The following reports are available:
Transmission (MFC models)
The Transmission report prints a Transmission Verification Report of your last transmission.
Address Book (MFC models)
The Address Book report prints an alphabetical list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book
memory.
Fax Journal (MFC models)
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive)
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Printer Settings
The Printer Settings report prints a list of your current printer settings.
Network Configuration (Models with network functionality)
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
Print File List
The Print File List prints a list of the fonts and print macros stored in the machine.
Drum Dot Print
The Drum Dot Print prints the drum dot sheet, which helps when it is time to clean the drum unit.
WLAN Report (Models with wireless network functionality)
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Caller ID history (MFC models)
The Caller ID history report prints a list of the available Caller ID information for the last 30 received faxes and
telephone calls.
2-Line LCD models
To print the Caller ID list, use the Print Report option in the caller ID setting menu.
Related Information
• Print Reports
594
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Print a
Report
Print a Report
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the report you want to print, and then press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
• If you choose [Transmission], do one of the following:
- To view the Transmission Verification Report, press a or b to display the [View on LCD], and then
press OK.
- To print the Transmission Verification Report, press a or b to display the [Print Report], and then
press OK.
Press Start.
• If you choose other reports, Press Start.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports].
2. Press a or b to display the report you want to print, and then press it.
3. Do one of the following:
• If you choose [Transmission], do one of the following:
- To view the Transmission Verification Report, press [View on LCD].
- To print the Transmission Verification Report, press [Print Report].
• If you choose other reports, go to next step.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press .
Related Information
• Print Reports
595
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
The Settings tables will help you understand the menu selections and options that are found in the machine’s
programs.
• Settings Tables (2 Line LCD MFC models)
• Settings Tables (2 Line LCD DCP models)
• Settings Tables (2.7" Touch Panel MFC models)
• Settings Tables (2.7" Touch Panel DCP models)
• Features Tables (2.7" Touch Panel MFC models)
• Features Tables (2.7" Touch Panel DCP models)
596
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (2 Line LCD MFC models)
Settings Tables (2 Line LCD MFC models)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
[General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Default Mode
- - Select the default mode.
Mode Timer
- - Set the idle time before the machine returns to the default mode.
Tray Setting Paper Type
- Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
- Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
- Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the
size and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper
Size and Paper Type settings match.
Volume Ring
- Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
- Adjust the speaker volume.
Ecology Eco Mode
- Turn on the following machine settings at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge (Available only for certain models)
• Sleep Time:0Min
Toner Save
- Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
- Set the number of minutes before the machine enters Sleep mode.
Quiet Mode
- Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power
Off
- Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep
mode before going into Power Off mode.
LCD Contrast
- - Adjust the LCD contrast.
Security TX Lock
- Prohibit most operations except receiving faxes.
Setting Lock
- Restrict unauthorized users from changing the machine’s settings.
Replace Toner
- - Set the machine to continue printing after the LCD displays Replace
Toner.
[Fax]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Receive Mode
- Select the receive mode that best suits your needs.
Ring Delay
- Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax or
Fax/Tel mode.
F/T Ring Time
- Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel
mode.
Easy Receive
- Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call
and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes
- Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use
codes to turn on or off the Remote Codes. You can
personalize the codes.
Auto Reduction
- Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
Fax Rx Stamp
- Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.
597
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive 2-sided
- Print received faxes on both sides of the paper.
Setup Send Fax Resolution
- Change the lightness or darkness of faxes you send.
Contrast
- Set the default resolution for outgoing faxes.
Glass ScanSize
- Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Real Time TX
- Send a fax without using the memory.
Coverpage Message
Set up your own comments for the fax cover page.
Overseas Mode
- If you are having difficulty sending faxes overseas, set this to
On.
Auto Redial
- Set the machine to redial the last fax number after five
minutes, if the fax did not go through because the line was
busy.
Destination
- Set the machine to display the destination information on the
LCD during fax dialing.
Anti-Junk Fax Register
- Register specific fax numbers to the blocked list to avoid
receiving faxes from the numbers.
Delete
- Delete the number from the blocked list.
Print Report
- You can print a list of registered fax numbers in the blocked
list.
Report Setting Transmission
- Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification
Report.
Journal Period
- Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you
can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Memory Receive Forward/Store
- Set the machine to forward fax messages or to store incoming
faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve them while you are
away from your machine).
PC Fax Receive
- Set the machine to send faxes to your PC.
Remote Access
- Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
Print Fax
- Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Dial Restrict. Dial Pad
- Set the machine to restrict dialing when using the dial pad.
One Touch Dial
- Set the machine to restrict the dialing of One Touch numbers.
Speed Dial
- Set the machine to restrict the dialing of Speed Dial numbers.
Remaining Jobs
- - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory
and cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous Distinctive
(US and Canada only)
- Turn on the telephone company's Distinctive Ring subscriber
service to register your new ring pattern on the machine.
[Copy]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Density
- Adjust the density.
Quality
- Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast for copies.
ID Copy Density
Adjust the density.
Quality
Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.
598
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
ID Copy Contrast
Adjust the contrast for copies.
2in1/1in1
Make 2 in 1 ID copies.
[Printer]
For Printer Emulation Supported models
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Set the printer emulation mode.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided
(For automatic 2-sided
printing models)
- - Turn 2-sided printing off or on and select flip on long edge
or short edge.
Auto Continue
- - Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper
size errors, and to use the paper in the tray.
Tray Command
- - Select this setting if a tray mismatch appears when you use
the HP drivers.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
For the Other models
Level 1
Descriptions
Test Print
Print a test page.
2-sided
(For automatic 2-sided printing
models)
Turn 2-sided printing off or on and select flip on long edge or short edge.
Auto Continue
Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper size errors, and to use
the paper in the tray.
Reset Printer
Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
[Network]
For wired and wireless network models
NOTE
(MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL)
Wired LAN menus are not available.
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP Boot Method
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
IP Address
Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS Config
Select the WINS configuration mode.
599
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP WINS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local
address range automatically.
IPv6
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more detailed
information, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother support website at support.brother.com.
Ethernet
- Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
- View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- Restore the wired network settings to the factory settings.
Wired Enable
- Turn the Wired LAN interface on or off manually.
WLAN TCP/IP Boot Method
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
IP Address
Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS Config
Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local
address range automatically.
IPv6
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more detailed
information, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother support website at support.brother.com.
Setup Wizard
- Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
- Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother
installation disc.
WPS
- Configure your wireless network settings using the one-
button push method.
WPS w/PIN Code
- Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a
PIN.
WLAN Status Status
View the current wireless network status.
Signal
View the current wireless network signal strength.
Channel
View the current wireless network channel.
Speed
View the current wireless network speed.
SSID
View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- Restore the wireless network settings to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
600
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-
button push method.
PIN Code
- Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using WPS with
a PIN code.
Manual
- Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually.
Group Owner
- Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device Info. Device Name
View your machine's device name.
SSID
View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD displays Not
Connected.
IP Address
View your machine's current IP Address.
Status Info. Status
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the LCD always
indicates a strong signal.
Channel
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel.
Speed
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed.
I/F Enable
- Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Network Reset
- - Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
[Print Reports]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Transmission View on LCD
Display a Transmission Verification Report of your last
transmission.
Print Report
Print a Transmission Verification Report of your last transmission.
Address Book Numeric
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book, in
numerical order.
Alphabetic
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book, in
alphabetical order.
Fax Journal
- Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing
faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
- Print a list of your settings.
Print Settings
- Print a list of your Printer settings.
Network Config
- Print a list of your Network settings.
PrintFileList
(Available only for certain
models)
- Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
Drum Dot Print
- Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
- Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID
- Enable or disable to see the number (or name) of the party calling
you.
[Machine Info.]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No.
- Check your machine's serial number.
601
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Version
- Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter Total
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed during its life.
Fax
Copy
Print
Other
Parts Life Toner
View the approximate remaining toner life.
Drum
You can check the percentage of Drum life that remains available.
[Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Date&Time Date&Time
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Auto Daylight
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
Station ID
- Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you
fax.
Tone/Pulse
(For Canada)
- Select the dialing mode.
Dial Tone
- Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Dial Prefix
- Set a prefix number to be added before the fax number every
time you dial.
Compatibility
- Adjust the equalization for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Reset Machine Reset
Restore all the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
(For models with
network functionality)
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address & Fax
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Factory Reset
Restores all the machine's settings to the factory defaults.
Perform this operation when you dispose of your machine.
Local Language
(Available only for certain
models)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
602
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (2 Line LCD DCP models)
Settings Tables (2 Line LCD DCP models)
Related Models: HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW
[General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type
- Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
- Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
- Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size
and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and
Paper Type settings match.
Ecology Eco Mode
- Turn on the following machine settings at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge(Available only for certain models)
• Sleep Time:0Min
Toner Save
- Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
- Set the number of minutes before the machine enters Sleep mode.
Quiet Mode
- Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power
Off
- Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep
mode before going into Power Off mode.
LCD Contrast
- - Adjust the LCD contrast.
Replace Toner
- - Set the machine to continue printing after the LCD displays Replace
Toner.
[Copy]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Density
- Adjust the density.
Quality
- Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast for copies.
ID Copy Density
Adjust the density.
Quality
Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast for copies.
2in1/1in1
Make 2 in 1 ID copies.
[Printer]
For Printer Emulation Supported models
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Set the printer emulation mode.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided 2-sided
Print
- Turn 2-sided printing off or on and select flip on long edge or
short edge.
603
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
2-sided Single
Image
- For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided image, select the
1-sided Feed option to reduce printing time.
Auto Continue
- - Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors, and to use the paper in the tray.
Tray Command
- - Select this setting if a tray mismatch appears when you use the
HP drivers.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
For the Other models
Level 1
Descriptions
Test Print
Print a test page.
2-sided
Turn 2-sided printing off or on and select flip on long edge or short edge.
Auto Continue
Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper size errors, and to use the paper in the
tray.
Reset Printer
Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
[Network]
For wired and wireless network models
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP Boot
Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet
Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS
Config
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS
Server
Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more detailed
information, go to your model's FAQs &
Troubleshooting page on the Brother support
website at support.brother.com.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
- - View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wired network settings to the factory
settings.
604
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN Wired Enable
- - Turn the Wired LAN interface on or off manually.
WLAN TCP/IP Boot
Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet
Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS
Config
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS
Server
Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more detailed
information, go to your model's FAQs &
Troubleshooting page on the Brother support
website at support.brother.com.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network settings using the
Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network settings using the
one-button push method.
WPS w/PIN Code
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network signal strength.
Channel
- View the current wireless network channel.
Speed
- View the current wireless network speed.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wireless network settings to the
factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- - Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
Wi-Fi
Direct
Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using
the one-button push method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using
WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
605
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wi-Fi
Direct
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device Info. Device
Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD
displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP Address.
Status Info. Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Channel
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel.
Speed
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to the factory
settings.
For wireless network models
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN TCP/IP Boot
Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet
Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS
Config
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS
Server
Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more detailed
information, go to your model's FAQs &
Troubleshooting page on the Brother support
website at support.brother.com.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network settings using the
Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network settings using the
one-button push method.
606
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN WPS w/PIN Code
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network signal strength.
Channel
- View the current wireless network channel.
Speed
- View the current wireless network speed.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
WLAN Enable
- - Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
Wi-Fi
Direct
Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using
the one-button push method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using
WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device Info. Device
Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD
displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP Address.
Status Info. Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Channel
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel.
Speed
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to the factory
settings.
[Print Reports]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
User Settings
- Print a list of your settings.
Print Settings
- Print a list of your Printer settings.
Network Config
(For models with network function)
- Print a list of your Network settings.
PrintFileList
(Available only for certain models)
- Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
Drum Dot Print
- Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
(For models with wireless network function)
- Print the wireless LAN connection results.
607
[Machine Info.]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No.
- Check your machine's serial number.
Version
- Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter Total
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed during its life.
Copy
Print
Other
Parts Life Toner
View the approximate remaining toner life.
Drum
You can check the percentage of Drum life that remains available.
[Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Reset Machine Reset
Restore all the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
(For models with network
functionality)
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Factory Reset
Restores all the machine's settings to the factory defaults.
Perform this operation when you dispose of your machine.
Local Language
(Available only for
certain models)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
608
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (2.7" Touch Panel MFC models)
Settings Tables (2.7" Touch Panel MFC models)
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
([Settings])
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Toner Toner Life
View the approximate remaining toner life.
Test Print
Print a test page.
Network Wired LAN
Access the Wired LAN setting menus.
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
(For wireless models)
Access the WLAN setting menus.
Tray Setting Paper Type
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size
and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size
and Paper Type settings match.
Wi-Fi Direct
(For wireless models)
- Access the Wi-Fi Direct setting menus.
Eco Mode
- Turn on the following machine settings at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge (Available only for certain models)
• Sleep Time:0Min
• Dim Timer:10Secs
All Settings
- Configure the detailed settings.
[All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and
type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper
Type settings match.
Volume Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
LCD Settings Backlight
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your Home
screen.
Screen
Settings
Scan Screen
Set the default Scan screen settings.
Ecology Eco Mode
Turn on the following machine settings at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge(Available only for certain models)
• Sleep Time:0Min
• Dim Timer:10Secs
609
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Ecology Toner Save
Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
Set the number of minutes before the machine enters Sleep mode.
Quiet Mode
Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power Off
Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep mode
before going into Power Off mode. Choose Off if you do not want the
machine to go into Power Off mode.
Setting Lock Set Password
Restrict unauthorized users from changing the machine’s settings.
Lock Off⇒On
Replace Toner
- Set the machine to continue printing after the LCD displays Replace
Toner.
[All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[All Settings] > [Fax]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Receive Mode
- Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
Ring Delay
- Set the number of rings before the machine
answers in Fax or Fax/Tel mode.
F/T Ring Time
- Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in
Fax/Tel mode.
Fax Preview
- View received faxes on the LCD.
Easy Receive
- Receive fax messages automatically when you
answer a call and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes
- Answer calls at an extension or external telephone
and use codes to turn on or off the Remote Codes.
You can personalize the codes.
Auto Reduction
- Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive
- Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Memory Receive
- Set the machine to forward fax messages or to store
incoming faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve
them while you are away from your machine).
If you select Fax Forward, you can turn on the
Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Rx Stamp
- Print the received time and date on the top of
received faxes.
2-sided
- Print received faxes on both sides of the paper.
Setup Send Coverpage
Message
- Set up your own comments for the fax cover page.
Auto Redial
- Set the machine to redial the last fax number after
five minutes, if the fax did not go through because
the line was busy.
610
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Send Destination
- Set the machine to display the destination
information on the LCD during fax dialing.
Anti-Junk Fax Register
- Register specific fax numbers to the blocked list to
avoid receiving faxes from the numbers.
Delete
- Delete the number from the blocked list.
Print Reports
- You can print a list of registered fax numbers in the
blocked list.
Report Setting Transmission
- Select the initial setup for the Transmission
Verification Report.
Journal Period Journal
Period
Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax
Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50
Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of
the week.
Time
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50
Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of
the week.
Day
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of
the week.
Print Fax
- - Print received faxes stored in the machine's
memory.
Remote Access
- - Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
Dial Restriction Dial Pad
- Set the machine to restrict dialing when using the
dial pad.
Address Book
- Set the machine to restrict the dialing when using
the Address Book.
Shortcuts
- Set the machine to restrict the dialing when using a
Shortcut.
Remaining Jobs
- - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's
memory and cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous Distinctive Distinctive
Turn on the telephone company's Distinctive Ring
subscriber service to register your new ring pattern
on the machine.
Ring Pattern
Register your new ring pattern on the machine.
[All Settings] > [Printer]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Select the emulation mode.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided 2-sided
Print
- Enable or disable 2-sided printing and choose long edge or
short edge.
Single
Image
- For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided image, select
the 1-sided Feed option to reduce printing time.
Auto Continue
- - Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors, and to use the paper in the tray.
611
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
HP Tray Command
- - Select the correct version of HP LaserJet tray emulation.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
[All Settings] > [Network]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP BOOT Method
- Select the Boot method that best
suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration
mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address
range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For
more detailed information, go to your
model's FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother support website
at support.brother.com.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
- - View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wired network settings
to the factory settings.
Wired Enable
- - Turn the Wired LAN interface on or
off manually.
WLAN(Wi-Fi) Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network
settings manually.
TCP/IP BOOT Method
- Select the Boot method that best
suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration
mode.
612
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN(Wi-Fi) TCP/IP WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address
range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For
more detailed information, go to your
model's FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother support website
at support.brother.com.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using the Brother installation
disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using the one-button push
method.
WPS w/ PIN
Code
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network
status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network
signal strength.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication
mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wireless network
settings to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- - Turn the wireless network
connection On.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using the one-button push
method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group
Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected,
the LCD displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP
Address.
613
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wi-Fi Direct Status
Information
Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a
strong signal.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on
or off.
NFC
(Available only for
certain models)
- - - Turn the NFC function on or off.
E-mail/IFAX
(Available only for
certain models)
Mail Address
- - Enter the email address.
(Up to 255 characters)
Setup Server SMTP Server
Enter the SMTP server name and
address.
Port
Enter the SMTP port number.
Auth. for
SMTP
Select the Security method for email
notification.
SSL/TLS
Send or receive an email via an
email server that requires secure
SSL/TLS communication.
Verify
Cert.
Verify the SMTP Server Certificate
automatically.
POP3/IMAP4 Protocol
Select the protocol for receiving an
email from the server.
Server
Enter the server name and address.
Port
Enter the port number.
Mailbox
Name
Enter the mailbox name.
(Up to 255 characters)
Mailbox
Password
Enter the password to login to the
server.
(Up to 32 characters)
Select
Folder
Select the specified folder in the
mailbox using the IMAP4 protocol.
SSL/TLS
Send or receive an email via an
email server that requires secure
SSL/TLS communication.
Verify
Cert.
Verify the Server Certificate
automatically.
APOP
Turn APOP on or off.
Setup Mail RX Auto Polling Auto
Polling
Automatically check the server for
new messages.
Poll
Frequency
Set the interval for checking for new
messages on the server.
Header
- Select the contents of the email
header to be printed.
Del/Read Error
Mail
- The POP3 server deletes error
emails automatically. The IMAP4
614
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
E-mail/IFAX
(Available only for
certain models)
Setup Mail RX
server deletes error emails
automatically after you read them.
Notification
- Receive notification messages.
Setup Mail TX Sender Subject
- View the subject.
Size Limit Size Limit
Limit the size of email documents.
Maximum
Size(MB)
Notification
- Send notification messages.
Setup Relay Relay Broadcast
- Relay a document to another fax
machine.
Relay Domain
Relay XX Register the Domain name.
Relay Report
- Print the relay Broadcast Report.
Manual Receive
- - Manually check the POP3 or IMAP4
server for new messages.
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection
settings.
Address
-
Port
-
User Name
-
Password
-
Fax to Server
(Available only for
certain models)
Fax to Server
- - Select the network connection type.
Prefix
- -
Suffix
- -
Network Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to
the factory settings.
[All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Transmission View on LCD
Display a Transmission Verification Report of your last
transmission.
Print
Report
Print a Transmission Verification Report of your last
transmission.
Address Book
- Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal
- Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and
outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
- Print a list of your settings.
Printer Settings
- Print a list of your Printer settings.
Network Configuration
- Print a list of your Network settings.
Print File List
- Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
Drum Dot Print
- Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
(For models with wireless network
functionality)
- Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History
(Available only for some countries.)
- Print a list of the Caller ID History.
615
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
[All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No.
- Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Sub1 Version
Firmware Update
- Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
- View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter Total
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
Fax
Copy
Print
Other
Parts Life Drum Unit
Check the percentage of the supplies' life that remains available.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Date & Time Date
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Time
Clock Type
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Auto Daylight
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
Station ID Fax
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you
fax.
Tel
Name
Tone/Pulse
(For Canada)
- Select the dialing mode.
Dial Tone
- Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Dial Prefix
- Set a prefix number to be added before the fax number every time
you dial.
Compatibility
- Adjust the equalization for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards. If
you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic (for
VoIP).
Reset Machine Reset
Restore all the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book
& Fax
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Local Language
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Change your LCD language.
616
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (2.7" Touch Panel DCP models)
Settings Tables (2.7" Touch Panel DCP models)
Related Models: HL-L2395DW
([Settings])
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Toner Toner Life
View the approximate remaining toner life.
Test Print
Print a test page.
Network Wired LAN
Access the Wired LAN setting menus.
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
Access the WLAN setting menus.
Tray Setting Paper Type
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and type of
the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper Type settings
match.
Wi-Fi Direct
- Access the Wi-Fi Direct setting menus.
Eco Mode
- Turn on the following machine settings at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge(Available only for certain models)
• Sleep Time:0Min
• Dim Timer:10Secs
All Settings
- Configure the detailed settings.
[All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and
type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper
Type settings match.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
LCD Settings Backlight
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your Home
screen.
Screen
Settings
Scan Screen
Set the default Scan screen settings.
Ecology Eco Mode
Turn on the following machine settings at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge((Available only for certain models))
• Sleep Time:0Min
• Dim Timer:10Secs
Toner Save
Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
Set the number of minutes before the machine enters Sleep mode.
Quiet Mode
Decrease printing noise.
618
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Ecology Auto Power Off
Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep mode
before going into Power Off mode. Choose Off if you do not want the
machine to go into Power Off mode.
Replace Toner
- Set the machine to continue printing after the LCD displays Replace
Toner.
[All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[All Settings] > [Printer]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Select the emulation mode.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided 2-sided
Print
- Enable or disable 2-sided printing and choose long edge or
short edge.
Single
Image
- For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided image, select
the 1-sided Feed option to reduce printing time.
Auto Continue
- - Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors, and to use the paper in the tray.
HP Tray Command
- - Select the correct version of HP LaserJet tray emulation.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
[All Settings] > [Network]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP BOOT Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary
WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary
DNS server.
619
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address range
automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more
detailed information, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the
Brother support website at
support.brother.com.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
- - View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wired network settings to the
factory settings.
Wired Enable
- - Turn the Wired LAN interface on or off
manually.
WLAN(Wi-Fi) TCP/IP BOOT Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary
WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary
DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address range
automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more
detailed information, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the
Brother support website at
support.brother.com.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network settings
using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network settings
using the one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN
Code
- - Configure your wireless network settings
using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network signal
strength.
620
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN(Wi-Fi) WLAN Status SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wireless network settings to
the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- - Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using the one-button push
method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the
LCD displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP Address.
Status
Information
Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a
strong signal.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or
off.
NFC
(Available only
for certain
models)
- - - Turn the NFC function on or off.
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection settings.
Address
-
Port
-
User Name
-
Password
-
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to the
factory settings.
[All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 1
Descriptions
User Settings
Print a list of your settings.
Printer Settings
Print a list of your Printer settings.
Network Configuration
Print a list of your Network settings.
Print File List
Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
621
Level 1 Descriptions
Drum Dot Print
Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
[All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No.
- Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Sub1 Version
Firmware Update
- Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
- View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter Total
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
Copy
Print
Other
Parts Life Drum Unit
Check the percentage of the supplies' life that remains available.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Reset Machine Reset
Restore all the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Local Language
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
622
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Features Tables (2.7" Touch Panel MFC models)
Features Tables (2.7" Touch Panel MFC models)
Related Models: MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
[Fax]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Redial(Pause) - - - Redial the last number called. When you
are entering a fax or telephone number on
the touchpanel, Redial changes to Pause
on the LCD. Press Pause when you need
a delay while dialing numbers, such as
access codes and credit card numbers.
You can also store a pause when you set
up addresses.
Hook
- - - Press before dialing if you want to listen to
make sure a fax machine has answered,
and then press Fax Start.
Address Book
(Search:)
- - Search within the Address Book.
Edit
- - Store Address Book numbers, set up
Group numbers for Broadcasting, change
and delete Address Book numbers.
-
Apply
- Start sending a fax using the Address
Book.
Call History
(For some
countries,
Outgoing Call)
Outgoing Call
(Select
Outgoing Call)
Edit
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Apply
Caller ID
History
(Select Caller
ID History)
Edit
Select a number from the Caller ID
History and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Apply
Fax Start
- - - Send a fax.
Options Fax Resolution
- - Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
- - Adjust the contrast.
2-sided Fax
(For automatic 2-
sided scanning
models)
- - Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Glass Scan Size
- - Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass
to the size of the document.
Broadcasting Add Number Add
Number
Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Add from
Address
book
Search
in
Address
book
623
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Options Delayed Fax Delayed Fax
- Set the time of day the delayed faxes will
be sent.
Set Time
-
Real Time TX
- - Send a fax without using the memory.
Coverpage Setup Coverpage
Setup
- Set the machine to automatically send a
cover page that you have pre-
programmed.
Coverpage
Message
-
Total Pages
-
Overseas Mode
- - Set to On if you have difficulty sending
faxes overseas.
Call History Outgoing
Call
- Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
- Select a number from the Caller ID
History and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book
(Search:)
- Search within the Address Book.
Edit
- Store Address Book numbers, set up
Group numbers for Broadcasting, change
and delete Address Book numbers.
Set New Default
- - Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- - Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Copy]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Start
- - Make a black and white or grayscale copy.
Options Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Auto
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you
have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
- Adjust the density.
2-sided Copy
(For automatic 2-sided
printing models)
- Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip
on long edge or flip on short edge.
2-sided Copy Page
Layout
(For automatic 2-sided
printing models)
- Select a page layout option when you make 2-
sided N in 1 copies from a 2-sided document.
Quality
- Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
624
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Options Stack/Sort
- Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout
- Make N in 1 copies.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Scan]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to PC to File
(Select PC)
Options
Scan documents and save them to
a folder on your computer.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to OCR
(Select PC)
Options
Convert your scanned document to
an editable text file.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to Image
(Select PC)
Options
Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to E-mail
(Select PC)
Options
Send a scanned document as an
email attachment.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to E-mail Server
(Available only for
certain models)
Address Book
(Search:)
- Send scanned data to an email
server by allowing your machine to
communicate with your network
and mail server.
Edit
-
Manual
- -
Next Destinations
-
Options
-
Save as
Shortcut
-
Start
-
Cancel
- -
Destinations
(Select Address) -
to FTP
(Available only for
certain models)
(Profile name)
Options
- Scan documents directly to an FTP
server.
Save as
Shortcut
-
Start
-
to Network
(Available only for
certain models)
(Profile name)
Options
- Send scanned data to a CIFS
server on your local network or on
the Internet.
Save as
Shortcut
-
Start
-
to Web
- - - Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
625
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WS Scan
(Appears when you
install a Web Services
Scanner, which is
displayed in your
computer's Network
explorer.)
Scan
- - Scan data using the Web Service
protocol.
Scan for E-
mail
- -
Scan for Fax
- -
Scan for Print
- -
[Secure Print]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Secure
Print
(Select User) (Select Secure
Print Job)
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you
enter your four-digit password.
Active only when the machine has secure print data.
[Web]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Web
OneNote Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Web services may have been added and service names may have been changed by the
provider since this document was published.
OneDrive
Dropbox
Google
Drive
™
Evernote
®
Box
[Apps]
Level 1
Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
([Shortcuts])
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Not Registered Copy Copy Enlarge/
Reduce
Change the settings in the Copy Options.
Density
2-sided
Copy
(For certain
models)
2-sided
Copy Page
Layout
(For certain
models)
Quality
Contrast
Stack/Sort
626
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Not Registered Copy Copy Page Layout
Change the settings in the Copy Options.
2 in 1 ID Copy Density
Change the settings in the 2 in 1 ID Copy
option.
Quality
Contrast
2in1/1in1
Fax Fax Resolution
- Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
2-sided Fax
(For automatic 2-
sided scanning
models)
- Select the 2-sided fax scan mode.
Glass Scan Size
- Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to
the size of the document.
Broadcasting Add Number
Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Real Time TX
- Send a fax without using the memory.
Coverpage Setup Coverpage
Setup
Set the machine to automatically send a
cover page that you have pre-programmed.
Coverpage
Message
Total Pages
Overseas Mode
- Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes
overseas.
Call History
- Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book
- Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, change and
delete Address Book numbers.
Scan to File
- Scan documents and save them to a folder
on your computer.
to OCR
- Convert your scanned document to an
editable text file.
to Image
- Scan photos or graphics into your graphics
applications.
to E-mail
- Send a scanned document as an email
attachment.
to E-mail Server
(Available only for
certain models)
- Send scanned data to an email server by
allowing your machine to communicate with
your network and mail server.
to Network
(Available only for
certain models)
- Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your
local network or on the Internet.
to FTP
- Send scanned data via FTP.
Web
OneNote - Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Web services may have been added and
service names may have been changed by
the provider since this document was
published.
OneDrive -
Dropbox -
Google Drive
™
-
627
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Not Registered Web
Evernote
®
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Web services may have been added and
service names may have been changed by
the provider since this document was
published.
-
Box -
Apps
- - Connect the Brother machine to the Brother
Apps service.
This list appears
when each Shortcut
name is pressed for
2 seconds.
Rename
- - Change the shortcut name.
Edit
- - Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
- - Delete the shortcut.
([Toner])
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
(Toner)
Toner Life
View the approximate remaining toner life.
Test Print
Print a test page.
(Wi-Fi Setup) (For wireless models)
After the Wi-Fi
®
is set up, you cannot change the settings from your Home screen. Change the settings for
Wi-Fi in the Settings screen.
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Setup Wizard
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
628
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Features Tables (2.7" Touch Panel DCP models)
Features Tables (2.7" Touch Panel DCP models)
Related Models: HL-L2395DW
[Copy]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Start
- - Make a black and white or grayscale copy.
Options Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Auto
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have
set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
- Adjust the density.
2-sided Copy
- Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on
long edge or flip on short edge.
2-sided Copy
Page Layout
- Select a page layout option when you make 2-sided N
in 1 copies from a 2-sided document.
Quality
- Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
Stack/Sort
- Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout
- Make N in 1 copies.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Scan]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to PC to File
(Select PC)
Options
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your
computer.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to OCR
(Select PC)
Options
Convert your scanned document to an editable text
file.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to Image
(Select PC)
Options
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics
applications.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to E-mail
(Select PC)
Options
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Save as
Shortcut
Start
629
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to Web
- - - Upload the scanned data to an Internet service.
WS Scan Scan
- - Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
Scan for E-
mail
- -
Scan for Fax
- -
Scan for
Print
- -
[Secure Print](Available only for certain models)
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Secure
Print
(Select User) (Select Secure
Print Job)
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you
enter your four-digit password.
Active only when the machine has secure print data.
[Web]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Web
OneNote Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Web services may have been added and service names may have been changed by the
provider since this document was published.
OneDrive
Dropbox
Google
Drive
™
Evernote
®
Box
[Apps]
Level 1
Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
([Shortcuts])
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Not Registered Copy Copy Enlarge/
Reduce
Change the settings in the Copy Options.
Density
2-sided Copy
2-sided Copy
Page Layout
(For certain
models)
Quality
Contrast
Stack/Sort
Page Layout
630
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Not Registered Copy 2 in 1 ID
Copy
Density
Change the settings in the 2 in 1 ID Copy option.
Quality
Contrast
2in1/1in1
Scan to File
- Scan documents and save them to a folder on
your computer.
to OCR
- Convert your scanned document to an editable
text file.
to Image
- Scan photos or graphics into your graphics
applications.
to E-mail
- Send a scanned document as an email
attachment.
Web
OneNote - Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Web services may have been added and service
names may have been changed by the provider
since this document was published.
OneDrive -
Dropbox -
Google Drive
™
-
Evernote
®
-
Box -
Apps
- - Connect the Brother machine to the Brother
Apps service.
This list appears
when each Shortcut
name is pressed for 2
seconds.
Rename
- - Change the shortcut name.
Edit
- - Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
- - Delete the shortcut.
([Toner])
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
(Toner)
Toner Life
View the approximate remaining toner life.
Test Print
Print a test page.
(Wi-Fi Setup)
After the Wi-Fi
®
is set up, you cannot change the settings from your Home screen. Change the settings for
Wi-Fi in the Settings screen.
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Setup Wizard
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
631
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
• Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
• Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
• Network Management Software and Utilities
632
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
• What is Web Based Management?
• Access Web Based Management
• Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
• Network Management Software and Utilities
633
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > What is Web Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
• We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Edge for Windows and Safari 9/10 for Mac. Make sure
that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
• You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the
print server and your computer.
• The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
634
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Access Web Based Management
Access Web Based Management
• We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
• When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
You can now change the print server settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the
configuration.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Print the Network Configuration Report
635
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
We recommend setting a login password to prevent unauthorized access to Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click Administrator.
5. Type the password you want to use in the Enter New Password field (8 to 32 characters).
6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.
7. Click Submit.
In the future, every time you access Web Based Management, type the password in the Login field, and then
click
.
After configuring the settings, log off by clicking .
If you have not previously set a login password, you can also set a password by clicking the Please
configure the password button on the machine's web page.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
636
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
• We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
• When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• (Available only for certain models) For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's
icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Address Book tab.
5. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
6. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Remote Setup (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Mac)
637
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
The Remote Setup program lets you configure many of your Brother machine's settings from your computer.
When you start Remote Setup, the settings on your Brother machine will be downloaded to your computer and
displayed on your screen. If you change the settings on your computer, you can upload them directly to the
machine.
• Remote Setup (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Mac)
638
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows)
Remote Setup (Windows)
• Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
• Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
639
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
The Remote Setup Program window appears.
When your machine is connected via a Network, type the password if required.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
640
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the installation
disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Windows)
641
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
642
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the installation
disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
• ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Windows)
643
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
Use Remote Setup through CC4 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Address Book button.
The Address Book opens in a Remote Setup window.
4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Windows)
644
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac)
Remote Setup (Mac)
• Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
645
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
Use Remote Setup to set up your Brother machine with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Remote Setup from Utilities.
• If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
• Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
646
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, enter the correct data again, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Mac)
647
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable
Connection (Mac)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
Use Remote Setup to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Remote Setup from Utilities.
• If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
• Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. In the left menu, click Address Book in the Fax.
3. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
4. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Mac)
648
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
>> General Specifications
>> Document Size Specification
>> Print Media Specifications
>> Fax Specifications
>> Copy Specification
>> Scanner Specifications
>> Printer Specifications
>> Interface Specifications
>> Supported Protocols and Security Features
>> Computer Requirements Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type
• Laser
Print Method • Electrophotographic Laser Printer
Memory Capacity Standard • (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
64 MB
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW)
128 MB
• (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW)
256 MB
LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
• (HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
16 characters x 2 lines
• (HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
2.7 in. (67.5 mm) TFT Color touchscreen LCD
1
Power Source
• 110 to 120 V AC 50/60 Hz
Power
Consumption
(Average)
Peak • Approximately 1104 W
Printing
2
• (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW)
Approximately 420 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW)
Approximately 450 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
2
• Approximately 240 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
Copying
2
• (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW)
Approximately 440 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW)
Approximately 490 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
Copying
(Quiet Mode)
2
• Approximately 240 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
650
Power
Consumption
(Average)
Ready
2
• Approximately 43.5 W at 77 °F (25 °C)
Sleep
2
• (HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Approximately 4.6 W
• (HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Approximately 5.1 W
Deep Sleep
2
• (HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Approximately 0.8 W
• (HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Approximately 1.2 W
Power Off
2 3 4
• Approximately 0.02 W
Dimensions
(Typical outline view)
(HL-L2390DW/HL-L2395DW)
****
**
(DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
****
**
Unit: in. (mm)
• (HL-L2390DW/HL-L2395DW)
* : 16.1 (410)
** : 10.7 (272)
*** : 15.7 (398.5)
• (DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
* : 16.1 (410)
** : 12.5 (318.5)
*** : 15.7 (398.5)
Weights (with supplies)
• (HL-L2390DW/HL-L2395DW)
22.7 lb (10.3 kg)
• (DCP-L2550DW)
25.6 lb (11.6 kg)
• (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW)
26.0 lb (11.8 kg)
• (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2759DW)
26.5 lb (12.0 kg)
• (MFC-L2690DWXL)
27.2 lb (12.4 kg)
• (MFC-L2750DWXL)
27.7 lb (12.6 kg)
651
Noise Level Sound Pressure Printing • (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW)
LpAm = 48 dB (A)
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW)
LpAm = 49 dB (A)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
• LpAm = 44 dB (A)
Ready • LpAm = 30 dB (A)
Sound Power Printing • (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW)
LWAd = 6.48 B (A)
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW)
LWAd = 6.59 B (A)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
• LWAd = 6.11 B (A)
Ready • LWAd = Inaudible
Temperature Operating • From 50°F to 90°F (10°C to 32°C)
Storage • From 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
Humidity Operating • 20 to 80% (without condensation)
Storage • 35 to 85% (without condensation)
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
(DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
• (DCP-L2550DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Up to 50 sheets
For best results we recommend:
• Temperature: 68 to 86 °F (20 to 30 °C)
• Humidity: 50 to 70%
• Paper: 20 lb (80 g/m
2
)
1
Measured diagonally.
2
USB connections to computer
3
Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
4
Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment.
Document Size Specification
Document Size
ADF Width
1
• 4.1 to 8.5 in. (105 to 215.9 mm)
ADF Length
1
• 5.8 to 14.0 in. (147.3 to 355.6 mm)
Scanner Glass Width • Maximum 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Scanner Glass Length • Maximum 11.8 in. (300 mm)
1
ADF models only
Print Media Specifications
Paper Input
Paper Tray
(Standard)
Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Recycled Paper, Thick
Paper
652
Paper Input Paper Tray
(Standard)
Paper Size • A4, Letter, A5, A5 (Long Edge), A6, Executive,
Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal, India Legal
Paper Weight
• 16 to 43 lb (60 to 163 g/m
2
)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
• Up to 250 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m
2
) Plain Paper
Manual Feed Slot Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper, Thicker
Paper, Recycled Paper, Bond, Label, Envelope,
Env. Thin, Env.Thick
Paper Size • Width:
3 to 8.5 in. (76.2 to 215.9 mm)
• Length:
5 to 14 in. (127 to 355.6 mm)
• Envelope:
COM-10, DL, C5, Monarch
Paper Weight
• 16 to 61 lb (60 to 230 g/m
2
)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
• One sheet at a time
Paper Output
1
Face Down Output Tray
• Up to 100 Sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m
2
) Plain Paper
(face down delivery to the face down output paper
tray)
Face Up Output Tray • One sheet (face-up delivery to the face-up output
tray)
2-sided Automatic 2-sided
Printing
Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size • Letter, Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal, India Legal
Paper Weight
• 16 to 28 lb (60 to 105 g/m
2
)
1
For labels, we recommend removing the printed sheets from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid the
possibility of smudging.
Fax Specifications
NOTE
This feature is available for MFC models.
Compatibility
• ITU-T Super Group 3
Coding System • MH / MR / MMR / JBIG
Modem Speed • 33,600 bps (with Automatic Fallback)
2-sided Print Receiving • (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Yes
Automatic 2-sided Sending • (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Yes (from ADF)
Scanning Width • Maximum 8.19 in. (208 mm)
Printing Width • Maximum 8.19 in. (208 mm)
Gray Scale • 8 bit / 256 levels
Resolution Horizontal • 203 dpi
Vertical • Standard: 98 dpi
• Fine: 196 dpi
• Super fine: 392 dpi
653
Resolution • Photo: 196 dpi
Address Book • (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
200 Locations
One Touch Dial • (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
8 (4 x 2) locations
Groups • Up to 20
Broadcasting • (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
258 Locations
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
250 Locations
Automatic Redial • 1 time at 5 minutes intervals
Memory Transmission • (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Up to 400 pages
1
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Up to 500 pages
1
Out of Paper Reception • (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW)
Up to 400 pages
1
• (MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Up to 500 pages
1
1
‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, JBIG code).
Copy Specification
Copy Width
• Maximum 8.27 in. (210 mm)
Automatic 2-sided Copy • (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Yes (from ADF)
Sort Copy • Yes
Stack Copy • Up to 99 pages
Enlarge/Reduce • 25 to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Resolution • Maximum 600 x 600 dpi
First Copy Out Time
1
• Less than 10 seconds at 73.4 °F (23 °C) / 115 V
1
From Ready Mode and standard tray
Scanner Specifications
Color / Black
• Yes / Yes
TWAIN Compliant • Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
• (HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL)
Yes
(macOS v10.10.5, v10.11.x, v10.12.x)
WIA Compliant
• Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
AirPrint Compliant • (HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-
L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL)
654
Yes
(macOS v10.10.5, v10.11.x, v10.12.x)
• (MFC-L2759DW)
Yes
(macOS v10.14.x, v10.15.x, v11)
Color Depth • 30 bit color Processing (Input)
• 24 bit color Processing (Output)
Gray Scale • 10 bit color Processing (Input)
• 8 bit color Processing (Output)
Resolution
2
• Up to 19200 x 19200 dpi (interpolated)
• Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi (from Scanner Glass)
• Up to 600 x 600 dpi (from ADF)
1
Scanning Width • Maximum 8.27 in. (210 mm)
Automatic 2-sided
Scanning
• (MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Yes (from ADF)
1
ADF models only
2
Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 (resolution up to 19200
× 19200 dpi can be selected by using the scanner utility)
Printer Specifications
Automatic 2-sided Print
• Yes
Emulation • (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
PCL6, BR-Script3, PDF Version 1.7
Resolution • 600 x 600 dpi, HQ1200 (2400 x 600 dpi) quality, 1200 x 1200 dpi
Print Speed
1
2
1-sided
print
• (MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL)
Up to 26 pages/minute (A4 size)
Up to 26 pages/minute (Letter size)
• (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2710DW)
Up to 30 pages/minute (A4 size)
Up to 32 pages/minute (Letter size)
• (MFC-L2717DW)
Up to 34 pages/minute (A4 size)
Up to 34 pages/minute (Letter size)
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Up to 34 pages/minute (A4 size)
Up to 36 pages/minute (Letter size)
2-sided
Print
• (HL-L2390DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW)
Up to 15 sides/minute (Up to 7.5 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
• (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Up to 16 pages/minute (Up to 8 sheets/minute) (A4 size)
Up to 17 pages/minute (Up to 8.5 sheets/minute) (Letter size)
First Print Time
3
• Less than 8.5 seconds at 73.4 °F (23 °C) / 115 V
1
The print speed may change depending on the type of document you print.
2
Print speed may be slower when the machine is connected by wireless LAN.
655
3
From Ready mode and standard tray
Interface Specifications
USB
1 2
• Hi-Speed USB 2.0
Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no more than 6 feet (2 meters) long.
LAN • (DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/
MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
10Base-T/100Base-TX
3
Wireless LAN • IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure Mode)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct
®
)
NFC • (HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW)
Yes
1
Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
2
Third party USB ports are not supported.
3
Use a straight-through Category 5 (or greater) twisted-pair cable.
Supported Protocols and Security Features
Ethernet
10Base-T/100Base-TX
Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure Mode), IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
Protocols (IPv4)
ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, APIPA(Auto IP), WINS/NetBIOS name resolution, DNS Resolver, mDNS, LLMNR
responder, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, POP3, SMTP Client, IPP/IPPS, FTP Client and Server,
CIFS Client, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP/HTTPS server, TFTP client and server, ICMP, Web Services (Print/Scan),
SNTP Client, IMAP4
Protocols (IPv6)
NDP, RA, DNS resolver, mDNS, LLMNR responder, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, IPP/IPPS, POP3,
SMTP Client, FTP Client and Server, CIFS Client, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP/HTTPS server, TFTP client and
server, ICMPv6, SNTP Client, Web Services (Print/Scan), IMAP4
Network Security (Wired)
APOP, SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (SMTP, HTTPS, IPPS, POP3, IMAP4), SNMP v3
Network Security (Wireless)
APOP, SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (SMTP, HTTPS, IPPS, POP3, IMAP4), SNMP v3
Wireless Network Security
WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)(Wi-Fi Direct supports WPA2-PSK (AES)
only)
Wireless Certification
Wi-Fi Certification Mark License (WPA
™
/WPA2
™
- Personal), Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Identifier Mark
License, Wi-Fi CERTIFIED
™
Wi-Fi Direct
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
For HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/
MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL
656
Computer Platform &
Operating System Version
PC Interface Processor Hard Disk Space to
Install
Parallel
(IEEE128
4)
USB
1
10Base-
T/
100Base-
TX
(Ethernet
)
Wireless
802.11b/g
/n
For
Drivers
For
Applicati
ons
(Including
Drivers)
Windows
Operating
System
Windows 7 SP1 /
8 / 8.1
2 3 4
N/A Printing
PC Fax
5
Scanning
32 bit (x86)
or 64 bit
(x64)
processor
650 MB 1.2 GB
Windows 10
Home / 10 Pro /
10 Education / 10
Enterprise
2 3
Windows Server
2008
4
N/A Printing 50 MB N/A
Windows Server
2008 R2
4
64 bit (x64)
processor
Windows Server
2012
Windows Server
2012 R2
Windows Server
2016
Mac
Operating
System
macOS v10.10.5 Printing
PC-Fax (Send)
5
Scanning
Intel
®
Processor
80 MB 400 MB
macOS v10.11.x
macOS v10.12.x
1
Third party USB ports are not supported.
2
For WIA, 1200x1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables resolutions up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
3
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7, Windows8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10.
4
Windows 7 / Windows Server 2008 / Windows Server 2008 R2 will be supported by Extended Security Updates until Jan 10, 2023.
5
PC-Fax supports only black and white.
For MFC-L2759DW
Computer Platform &
Operating System Version
PC Interface Processor Hard Disk Space to
Install
Parallel
(IEEE128
4)
USB
1
10Base-
T/
100Base-
TX
(Ethernet
)
Wireless
802.11b/g
/n
For
Drivers
For
Applicati
ons
(Including
Drivers)
Windows
Operating
System
Windows 7 SP1 /
8 / 8.1
2 3 4
N/A Printing
PC Fax
5
Scanning
32 bit (x86)
or 64 bit
(x64)
processor
650 MB 1.2 GB
Windows 10
Home / 10 Pro /
10 Education / 10
Enterprise
2 3
Windows Server
2008
3
N/A Printing 50 MB N/A
Windows Server
2008 R2
3
64 bit (x64)
processor
657
Windows Server
2012
Windows Server
2012 R2
Windows Server
2016
Windows Server
2019
Mac
Operating
System
macOS v10.14.x
Printing
6
PC-Fax (Send)
5 6
Scanning
6 7
64 bit (x64)
processor
80 MB 400 MB
macOS v10.15.x
macOS v11
1
Third party USB ports are not supported.
2
For WIA, 1200x1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables resolutions up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
3
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7, Windows8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10.
4
Windows 7 / Windows Server 2008 / Windows Server 2008 R2 will be supported by Extended Security Updates until Jan 10, 2023.
5
PC-Fax supports only black and white.
6
macOS Disclaimer:
AirPrint capable: Printing, PC-Fax(Send) and Scanning via macOS v11 requires the use of AirPrint. Mac drivers are not provided for this
machine.
7
TWAIN driver is not provided for macOS.
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
• Appendix
658
Home > Appendix > How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
>> HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW
>> MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
>> HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW
When text is required, enter characters on the machine. The characters that are available may differ depending
on the operation you perform.
• Hold down or repeatedly press a or b to select a character from this list:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ(space)!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?
@[]^_
• Press OK when the character or symbol you want is displayed, and then enter the next character.
• Press Clear to delete characters entered incorrectly.
MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/MFC-L2717DW
When text is required, enter characters on the machine. The characters that are available may differ depending
on the operation you perform.
The buttons 0, # and * are used for special characters.
(For Cyrillic letters) The buttons # and * are used for special characters.
• Press the appropriate dial pad button the number of times shown in this reference table to access the
character you want.
Press
button
One time
Two
times
Three
times
Four
times
Five
times
Six times
Seven
times
Eight
times
Nine
times
1 @ . / 1 @ . / 1 @
2 a b c A B C 2 a b
3 d e f D E F 3 d e
4 g h i G H I 4 g h
5 j k l J K L 5 j k
6 m n o M N O 6 m n
7 p q r s P Q R S 7
8 t u v T U V 8 t u
9 w x y z W X Y Z 9
For options that do not allow lower case characters, use the following table:
Press button
One time Two times Three times Four times Five times
2 A B C 2 A
3 D E F 3 D
4 G H I 4 G
5 J K L 5 J
6 M N O 6 M
7 P Q R S 7
8 T U V 8 T
9 W X Y Z 9
(For Cyrillic letters)
659
Press
button
One time
Two
times
Three
times
Four
times
Five
times
Six times
Seven
times
Eight
times
Nine
times
2 A B C А Б В Г 2 A
3 D E F Д Е Ё Ж 3 D
4 G H I З И Й К 4 G
5 J K L Л М Н О 5 J
6 M N O П Р С Т 6 M
7 P Q R S У Ф Х Ц 7
8 T U V Ч Ш Щ Ъ Ы 8
9 W X Y Z Ь Э Ю Я 9
• Inserting spaces
To enter a space in a fax number, press c once between numbers. To enter a space in a name, press c twice
between characters.
• Making corrections
If you entered a character incorrectly and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to the incorrect
character, and then press Clear.
• Repeating letters
To enter a letter on the same button as the previous letter, press c to move the cursor right before pressing
the button again.
• Special symbols and characters
Press *, # or 0, then press d or c to move the cursor to the symbol or character you want. Press OK to select
it. The symbols and characters that are available on dial pad buttons are shown in the table.
Press *
(space) ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / €
Press # : ; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ \ ~ ‘ | { }
Press 0 (Not available for Cyrillic letters) Á À Ã Â Ç É È Ê Ë Í Î Ï Ó Õ Ô Ö Ú Ù 0
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/MFC-L2759DW
• When you must enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard appears on the LCD.
• The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
• The keyboard layout may differ depending on the operation you perform.
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
• Press to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press [Space].
660
Making corrections
• If you entered a character incorrectly and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to the incorrect
character and press . Enter the correct character.
• To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
• Press
for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
Related Information
• Appendix
Related Topics:
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
• Set Your Station ID
661
Home > Appendix > Supplies
Supplies
When the time comes to replace supplies, such as the toner or drum, an error message will appear on your
machine's control panel or in the Status Monitor. For more information about the supplies for your machine, visit
www.brother.com/original/index.html or contact your local Brother dealer.
• The Supply Order Number (No.) will vary depending on your country and region.
Toner Cartridge
Standard Toner:
Supply Order No. Approximate Life (Page Yield) Applicable Models
TN-730
Approximately 1,200 pages
1 2
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
1
Approximate cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752.
2
A4/Letter single-sided pages.
High Yield Toner:
Supply Order No. Approximate Life (Page Yield) Applicable Models
TN-760
Approximately 3,000 pages
1 2
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
1
Approximate cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752.
2
A4/Letter single-sided pages.
Super High Yield Toner:
Supply Order No. Approximate Life (Page Yield) Applicable Models
TN-770
Approximately 4,500 pages
1 2
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
1
Approximate cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752.
2
A4/Letter single-sided pages.
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2730DW/MFC-L2750DW
The average pre-installed toner yield is estimated at approximately 700 pages (A4 or Letter size single-sided
pages).
MFC-L2717DW
The average pre-installed toner yield is estimated at approximately 1,200 pages (A4 or Letter size single-sided
pages).
MFC-L2759DW
662
The average pre-installed toner yield is estimated at approximately 4,500 pages (A4 or Letter size single-sided
pages).
MFC-L2690DWXL
The average total toner yield (pre-installed + High Yield Toner replacement included in the carton) is estimated at
approximately 3,700 pages (700 pages + 3,000 pages) (A4 or Letter size single-sided pages).
MFC-L2750DWXL
The average total toner yield (pre-installed + Super High Yield Toner replacement included in the carton) is
estimated at approximately 7,500 pages (3,000 pages + 4,500 pages) (A4 or Letter size single-sided pages).
Drum Unit
Drum Unit:
Supply Order No. Approximate Life (Page Yield) Applicable Models
DR-730
Approximately 12,000 pages
1
HL-L2390DW/DCP-L2550DW/
HL-L2395DW/MFC-L2690DW/
MFC-L2690DWXL/MFC-L2710DW/
MFC-L2717DW/MFC-L2730DW/
MFC-L2750DW/MFC-L2750DWXL/
MFC-L2759DW
Related Information
• Appendix
Related Topics:
• Replace Supplies
1
Approximately 12,000 pages based on 1 page per job [A4/Letter single-sided pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a variety
of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
663
Home > Appendix > Brother Numbers
Brother Numbers
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made from
within that country.
>> FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
>> For Customer Service
>> Ordering Accessories and Supplies
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
The Brother Solutions Center is our one-stop resource for all your machine needs. Download the latest software
and utilities and read FAQs and Troubleshooting tips to learn how to get the most from your Brother product.
Check here for Brother driver updates, too.
support.brother.com
For Customer Service
In USA:
www.brother-usa.com/support (FAQs, Self-Service, Email, and Chat)
1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
In Canada:
www.brother.ca/support
(Self-Service Videos, Email, Chat, Facebook and Twitter Help)
If you have comments or suggestions, write us at:
In USA:
Printer Customer Support
Brother International Corporation
7905 North Brother Boulevard
Bartlett, TN 38133
In Canada:
Brother International Corporation (Canada), Ltd.
Customer Experience Team
1, rue Hotel de Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, PQ, Canada H9B 3H6
Service Center Locator (USA only)
For the location of a Brother authorized service center, call 1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437) or visit
www.brother-usa.com/service.
Service Center Locations (Canada only)
For the location of a Brother authorized service center, visit www.brother.ca/support.
Ordering Accessories and Supplies
For best quality results, use only genuine Brother supplies, which are available at most Brother retailers. If you
cannot find the supplies you need and have a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, American Express credit card, or
664
PayPal account, you can order directly from Brother. Visit us online for a complete selection of the Brother
accessories and supplies that are available for purchase.
NOTE
In Canada, only Visa and MasterCard are accepted.
In USA:
1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
www.brother-usa.com/support
In Canada:
www.brother.ca
Related Information
• Appendix
665
Brother International Corporation
200 Crossing Boulevard
P.O. Box 6911
Bridgewater, NJ 08807-0911 USA
Brother International Corporation (Canada) Ltd.
1 rue Hôtel de Ville,
Dollard-des-Ormeaux, QC, Canada H9B 3H6
Visit us on the World Wide Web
www.brother.com
These machines are approved for use in the country of purchase only. Local Brother companies or
their dealers will support only machines purchased in their own countries.
USA/CAN
Version G
